<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://hindupedia.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sachi+Anjunkar</id>
	<title>Hindupedia, the Hindu Encyclopedia - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://hindupedia.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sachi+Anjunkar"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/en/Special:Contributions/Sachi_Anjunkar"/>
	<updated>2026-06-06T21:35:22Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Shraddh%C4%81_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175976</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Five Karmayonis – Five Motivators and Incubators of Actions:Shraddhā Karmayoni</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Shraddh%C4%81_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175976"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T18:27:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Śraddhā ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s described in Sāṃkhya literature, &#039;&#039;śraddhā&#039;&#039; (faith, conviction, or deeply held value-orientation) functions as an important source of action. It shapes an individual&#039;s motivations, priorities, and patterns of conduct, thereby influencing the actions that are undertaken and the goals toward which they are directed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;Kapilāsurisaṃvāda&#039;&#039; defines śraddhā as a motivating force expressed through disciplined conduct, study, charity, austerity, sacrificial acts, and adherence to spiritual and ethical obligations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Śraddhā is a source of action. One who possesses faith performs duties with self-restraint, studies sacred knowledge, practices charity, undertakes austerities, performs yajña-s, and follows prescribed disciplines for spiritual welfare.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kapilāsurisaṃvāda, Śānti Parva&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, śraddhā is not merely belief but a disposition that manifests in conduct and sustained commitment to particular values and ideals.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā states that the nature of an individual&#039;s faith corresponds to the condition of the inner faculties:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The faith of every person conforms to his inner disposition, O Bhārata. A person is constituted by faith. Whatever his faith, that indeed he is.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accordingly, faith is said to assume different forms according to the predominance of the three guṇa-s. Sāttvika faith is directed toward purity, self-discipline, spiritual growth, and higher realization. &#039;&#039;Sāttvika persons worship the deva-s.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Likewise, &#039;&#039;That yajña which is performed according to scriptural injunctions, without desire for its fruits, and with the conviction that it ought to be performed, is sāttvika.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Similarly, &#039;&#039;The charity which is given at the proper place and time, to a worthy recipient, without expectation of return, is considered sāttvika.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.20&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rājasa faith is associated with desire, ambition, achievement, status, and attachment to results. &#039;&#039;Know that yajña to be rājasa which is performed with desire for its fruits and for the sake of ostentation.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Likewise, &#039;&#039;Charity given with the expectation of return or with desire for its fruit is considered rājasa.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.21&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tāmasa faith is characterized by delusion, ignorance, disregard for scriptural guidance, and harmful or misguided practices. &#039;&#039;Those of tāmasa disposition worship spirits of the dead and other lower beings.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Likewise, &#039;&#039;That yajña which is performed without regard for scriptural procedure, without proper offerings, mantras, remuneration, or faith, is considered tāmasa.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.13&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Similarly, &#039;&#039;Charity given at an improper place or time, to an unworthy recipient, and without respect, is declared tāmasa.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 17.22&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
==== Śraddhā and Conduct ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā extends this threefold classification to numerous aspects of human life, including worship, food, sacrifice (&#039;&#039;yajña&#039;&#039;), austerity (&#039;&#039;tapas&#039;&#039;), and charity (&#039;&#039;dāna&#039;&#039;). Faith therefore serves as an underlying determinant of conduct, shaping both the character of actions and the manner in which they are performed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the doctrine of the &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s, śraddhā functions as a foundational motivational force that directs the intellect and influences the course of human action. It links inner conviction with outward conduct and thereby serves as an important source of both karma and spiritual development.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Sukh%C4%81_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175975</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Five Karmayonis – Five Motivators and Incubators of Actions:Sukhā Karmayoni</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Sukh%C4%81_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175975"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T18:11:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Kapilāsurisaṃvāda, Sukhā is defined in the following words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sukhā is a source of action. He who desires happiness performs atonements with the greatest effort. E.g. A virtuous deed towards the brāhmaṇa-s and cows when overcome with passion and anger. Doing japaḥ may enable even those born of a marriage in which the woman is from a higher caste than the man to attain Brahmaloka. Thus it is said, ‘‘Exerting in action, austerity or acquisition of knowledge, and performing atonements and austerities are characteristic of the efforts to gain happiness.’’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In short, the characteristic of Sukhā Karmayoni is the desire to increase one’s happiness in this life and in the next.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pursuit of joy, pleasure, happiness and the like are fundamental to human nature. But the motivations and purpose of these pursuits of happiness can vary. Accordingly, ‘happiness’ as a motivation for action too can be classified along the three guṇa-s, as taught by Kṛṣṇa&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Now hear from me, Arjuna, &#039;&#039;&#039;the three kinds of happiness&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;&#039;Gita 18.36ab.&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;That happiness in which one rejoices after long practice, and in which one reaches the end of his sorrow, which is like poison in the beginning and like nectar at the end, which springs from the tranquil joy of the intellect that is merged in the ātmā – know that happiness to be &#039;&#039;&#039;Sāttvic&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;&#039;Gita 18.36cd-37&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;That happiness which arises from the contact of the senses and their objects and which is like nectar at first but like poison at the end – that happiness is declared to be &#039;&#039;&#039;Rājasic.&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Gita 18.38&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;That happiness which deludes the ātmā both at the beginning and at the end and which arises from sleep, indolence and negligence – that is declared to be &#039;&#039;&#039;Tāmasic&#039;&#039;&#039;. &#039;&#039;&#039;Gita 18.39&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Dh%E1%B9%9Bti_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175974</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Five Karmayonis – Five Motivators and Incubators of Actions:Dhṛti Karmayoni</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Dh%E1%B9%9Bti_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175974"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T18:09:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s described in Sāṃkhya literature, &#039;&#039;dhṛti&#039;&#039; (steadfastness, firmness, or resolve) occupies an important place as a motivating factor underlying action. The &#039;&#039;Kapilāsurisaṃvāda&#039;&#039; of the &#039;&#039;Śānti Parva&#039;&#039; defines dhṛti as the capacity by which an individual maintains and protects a chosen resolve through actions of body, speech, and mind.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;For this text occurring in certain South Indian recensions of the Mahābhārata, see Knut Jacobsen (2008). Similar definitions are found in commentaries on the &#039;&#039;Tattvasamāsa Sūtra&#039;&#039;, including the &#039;&#039;Kramadīpikā&#039;&#039;, and in the &#039;&#039;Yuktidīpikā&#039;&#039; commentary on &#039;&#039;Sāṃkhya Kārikā&#039;&#039; 29.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dhṛti is a source of action. A person preserves steadfastness through actions arising from speech, mind, and body. Therefore, one who maintains resolve with respect to speech, action, and thought is said to possess dhṛti.&#039;&#039;Kapilāsurisaṃvāda, Śānti Parva&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, dhṛti refers to sustained commitment toward a chosen objective. Vows, long-term undertakings, spiritual disciplines, and deliberate commitments are examples of the operation of dhṛti as a motivating force behind action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā classifies dhṛti according to the predominance of the three guṇa-s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sāttvika Dhṛti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That steadfastness by which, through Yoga, one restrains the activities of the mind, the prāṇa-s, and the senses, O Pārtha, is sāttvika. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.33&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sāttvika dhṛti is characterized by unwavering commitment to self-discipline, spiritual practice, and higher realization. It is associated with clarity, self-control, and perseverance directed toward liberation (mokṣa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Rājasa Dhṛti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That steadfastness by which one clings to dharma, artha, and kāma because of attachment and desire for the fruits of action, O Arjuna, is rājasa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rājasa dhṛti is directed toward the pursuit of worldly goals, achievements, rewards, status, prosperity, or desired outcomes. Although it may involve discipline and sustained effort, it remains associated with attachment to results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Tāmasa Dhṛti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That steadfastness by which a person of dull understanding does not abandon sleep, fear, grief, depression, and pride, O Pārtha, is tāmasa. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tāmasa dhṛti denotes persistence in states of ignorance, delusion, inertia, or self-destructive patterns of behaviour. Rather than facilitating growth or liberation, it reinforces conditions that obstruct right knowledge and purposeful action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Relation to the Puruṣārtha-s ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā&#039;s classification of dhṛti may also be understood in relation to the four puruṣārtha-s—dharma, artha, kāma, and mokṣa. Sāttvika dhṛti is particularly associated with the pursuit of mokṣa and higher spiritual realization. Rājasa dhṛti is generally connected with the pursuit of dharma, artha, and kāma when accompanied by attachment to desired results. Tāmasa dhṛti, by contrast, is associated with dispositions that impede the attainment of any of the puruṣārtha-s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the Sāṃkhya understanding of action, dhṛti functions as one of the principal motivational forces that transform intention into sustained activity. As a karmayoni, it serves as an intermediary link between intellectual determination and the eventual manifestation of action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Dh%E1%B9%9Bti_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175973</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Five Karmayonis – Five Motivators and Incubators of Actions:Dhṛti Karmayoni</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions:Dh%E1%B9%9Bti_Karmayoni&amp;diff=175973"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T17:09:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s described in Sāṃkhya literature, &#039;&#039;dhṛti&#039;&#039; (steadfastness, firmness, or resolve) occupies an important place as a motivating factor underlying action. The &#039;&#039;Kapilāsurisaṃvāda&#039;&#039; of the &#039;&#039;Śānti Parva&#039;&#039; defines dhṛti as the capacity by which an individual maintains and protects a chosen resolve through actions of body, speech, and mind.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;For this text occurring in certain South Indian recensions of the Mahābhārata, see Knut Jacobsen (2008). Similar definitions are found in commentaries on the &#039;&#039;Tattvasamāsa Sūtra&#039;&#039;, including the &#039;&#039;Kramadīpikā&#039;&#039;, and in the &#039;&#039;Yuktidīpikā&#039;&#039; commentary on &#039;&#039;Sāṃkhya Kārikā&#039;&#039; 29.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
Dhṛti is a source of action. A person preserves steadfastness through actions arising from speech, mind, and body. Therefore, one who maintains resolve with respect to speech, action, and thought is said to possess dhṛti.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;Kapilāsurisaṃvāda, Śānti Parva&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this sense, dhṛti refers to sustained commitment toward a chosen objective. Vows, long-term undertakings, spiritual disciplines, and deliberate commitments are examples of the operation of dhṛti as a motivating force behind action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā classifies dhṛti according to the predominance of the three guṇa-s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sāttvika Dhṛti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
That steadfastness by which, through Yoga, one restrains the activities of the mind, the prāṇa-s, and the senses, O Pārtha, is sāttvika.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.33&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sāttvika dhṛti is characterized by unwavering commitment to self-discipline, spiritual practice, and higher realization. It is associated with clarity, self-control, and perseverance directed toward liberation (mokṣa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Rājasa Dhṛti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
That steadfastness by which one clings to dharma, artha, and kāma because of attachment and desire for the fruits of action, O Arjuna, is rājasa.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Rājasa dhṛti is directed toward the pursuit of worldly goals, achievements, rewards, status, prosperity, or desired outcomes. Although it may involve discipline and sustained effort, it remains associated with attachment to results.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Tāmasa Dhṛti ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
That steadfastness by which a person of dull understanding does not abandon sleep, fear, grief, depression, and pride, O Pārtha, is tāmasa.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tāmasa dhṛti denotes persistence in states of ignorance, delusion, inertia, or self-destructive patterns of behaviour. Rather than facilitating growth or liberation, it reinforces conditions that obstruct right knowledge and purposeful action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Relation to the Puruṣārtha-s ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā&#039;s classification of dhṛti may also be understood in relation to the four puruṣārtha-s—dharma, artha, kāma, and mokṣa. Sāttvika dhṛti is particularly associated with the pursuit of mokṣa and higher spiritual realization. Rājasa dhṛti is generally connected with the pursuit of dharma, artha, and kāma when accompanied by attachment to desired results. Tāmasa dhṛti, by contrast, is associated with dispositions that impede the attainment of any of the puruṣārtha-s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the Sāṃkhya understanding of action, dhṛti functions as one of the principal motivational forces that transform intention into sustained activity. As a karmayoni, it serves as an intermediary link between intellectual determination and the eventual manifestation of action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions&amp;diff=175972</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Five Karmayonis – Five Motivators and Incubators of Actions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions&amp;diff=175972"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:53:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: /* Karmayoni-s as Sources of Action */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sāṃkhya literature describes five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s (&amp;quot;sources of action&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;wombs of action&amp;quot;) that arise within the &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; and function as antecedent causes of action (&#039;&#039;karma&#039;&#039;) and knowledge (&#039;&#039;jñāna&#039;&#039;). These represent motivational and cognitive tendencies that precede the manifestation of action and serve as intermediate stages between intention and execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s originate within the &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; and, through the operation of the &#039;&#039;prāṇa&#039;&#039;-s, &#039;&#039;manas&#039;&#039;, and other internal faculties, become expressed as concrete actions or forms of knowledge. They thus occupy an intermediary position between the formation of a resolve in the intellect and its external manifestation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sāṃkhya texts compare the &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s to an embryo or latent potentiality that has not yet fully developed into an observable result. In this sense, they represent incipient states from which actions and cognitions subsequently emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The doctrine of the five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s explains how intentions formed within the intellect are transformed into activity through the coordinated functioning of the internal organs (&#039;&#039;antaḥkaraṇa&#039;&#039;) and vital forces (&#039;&#039;prāṇa&#039;&#039;-s). As such, the &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s serve as important links between cognition, volition, and action within the Sāṃkhya account of human behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five karmayonis are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dhṛti (fortitude, steadfastness or resolve)&lt;br /&gt;
#Śraddhā (deep conviction or faith)&lt;br /&gt;
#Sukhā (desire for pleasure)&lt;br /&gt;
#Vividhiṣā (desire for knowledge)&lt;br /&gt;
#Avividhiṣā (absence of desire for knowledge)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions&amp;diff=175971</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Five Karmayonis – Five Motivators and Incubators of Actions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Five_Karmayonis_%E2%80%93_Five_Motivators_and_Incubators_of_Actions&amp;diff=175971"/>
		<updated>2026-06-06T16:52:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Karmayoni-s as Sources of Action ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sāṃkhya literature describes five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s (&amp;quot;sources of action&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;wombs of action&amp;quot;) that arise within the &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; and function as antecedent causes of action (&#039;&#039;karma&#039;&#039;) and knowledge (&#039;&#039;jñāna&#039;&#039;). These represent motivational and cognitive tendencies that precede the manifestation of action and serve as intermediate stages between intention and execution.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s originate within the &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; and, through the operation of the &#039;&#039;prāṇa&#039;&#039;-s, &#039;&#039;manas&#039;&#039;, and other internal faculties, become expressed as concrete actions or forms of knowledge. They thus occupy an intermediary position between the formation of a resolve in the intellect and its external manifestation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sāṃkhya texts compare the &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s to an embryo or latent potentiality that has not yet fully developed into an observable result. In this sense, they represent incipient states from which actions and cognitions subsequently emerge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The doctrine of the five &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s explains how intentions formed within the intellect are transformed into activity through the coordinated functioning of the internal organs (&#039;&#039;antaḥkaraṇa&#039;&#039;) and vital forces (&#039;&#039;prāṇa&#039;&#039;-s). As such, the &#039;&#039;karmayoni&#039;&#039;-s serve as important links between cognition, volition, and action within the Sāṃkhya account of human behaviour.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These five karmayonis are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Dhṛti (fortitude, steadfastness or resolve)&lt;br /&gt;
#Śraddhā (deep conviction or faith)&lt;br /&gt;
#Sukhā (desire for pleasure)&lt;br /&gt;
#Vividhiṣā (desire for knowledge)&lt;br /&gt;
#Avividhiṣā (absence of desire for knowledge)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_Divine_Bhagav%C4%81n_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175969</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:Who is the Real Doer:The Divine Bhagavān is the Doer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_Divine_Bhagav%C4%81n_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175969"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T19:04:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Īśvara as the Ultimate Ground of Agency ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While Nyāya, Vaiśeṣika, Mīmāṃsā, and Vedānta generally affirm the jīvātmā as the immediate agent (&#039;&#039;kartā&#039;&#039;) of action, many Vedāntic traditions additionally maintain that all finite agency ultimately depends upon Īśvara. In this view, the individual self possesses agency and exercises choice, but its capacity to know, will, act, and experience the results of action is made possible by the sustaining presence of the Supreme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
The agency of the individual self is derived from the Supreme, because scripture declares it to be so.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.41&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several scriptural passages describe Brahman or Īśvara as the indwelling controller (&#039;&#039;antaryāmin&#039;&#039;) who directs and sustains all beings from within.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
The One who, dwelling within the self, impels it from within.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.6.7.30&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
He who abides within every self causes them to perform good and evil deeds.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 6.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
He enters everyone and is their inner ruler. He is the inner self of all beings.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taittirīya Āraṇyaka 3.11.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
He enters everything and is the inner doer of all processes.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taittirīya Āraṇyaka 3.11.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā similarly presents Īśvara as the indwelling Lord present in the hearts of all beings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
The Lord dwells in the hearts of all beings, O Arjuna, causing them to revolve through Māyā as though mounted upon a machine.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.61&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Divine Governance and Human Agency ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedāntic commentators generally interpret such passages as affirming divine governance without denying the agency of the individual self. The jīva acts through its own intentions, desires, and choices, yet these actions occur within an order sustained by Īśvara. The individual therefore remains morally responsible for its actions and experiences their corresponding consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relationship between divine governance and individual action is addressed in discussions of karma and free will. According to this interpretation, Īśvara provides the conditions, capacities, and cosmic order within which action occurs, while the jīva exercises choice within that framework.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Īśvara and the Five Causes of Action ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā identifies five factors involved in the accomplishment of action: the body or basis of action (&#039;&#039;adhiṣṭhāna&#039;&#039;), the doer (&#039;&#039;kartā&#039;&#039;), the instruments (&#039;&#039;karaṇa&#039;&#039;), various efforts (&#039;&#039;ceṣṭā&#039;&#039;), and &#039;&#039;daiva&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Mahābhārata presents Hari as pervading all of these factors:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
In the adhiṣṭhāna, the doer, the various instruments, the different efforts, and the fifth factor, daiva—Hari is ever present.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.347.89–90ab&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This passage is frequently cited to illustrate the dependence of all action upon the sustaining presence of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Ego, Agency, and Non-Doership ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā distinguishes between ordinary agency, which arises through identification with ego (&#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039;), and the higher realization in which one recognizes the operation of prakṛti and the guṇa-s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
All actions are performed by the guṇa-s of prakṛti, but one whose mind is deluded by ego thinks, “I am the doer.”&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 3.27&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
Those who know the truth regarding the divisions of guṇa-s and actions understand that the guṇa-s act upon the guṇa-s and therefore do not become attached.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 3.28&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this context, non-doership (&#039;&#039;akartṛtva&#039;&#039;) does not imply the absence of action but the absence of egoistic identification with action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
He whose sense of ego is absent and whose intellect is untainted neither kills nor becomes bound, even if he should slay these worlds.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Spiritual Surrender and Divine Agency ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Vedāntic and Bhakti traditions teach that advanced spiritual realization involves complete surrender (&#039;&#039;śaraṇāgati&#039;&#039;) to Īśvara. In such a state, the individual no longer regards itself as an independent agent but understands all actions as occurring through the Divine will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā describes this attitude of surrender:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
Seek refuge in Him alone with your whole being. By His grace you shall attain supreme peace and the eternal abode.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.62&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
Fix your mind on Me, be devoted to Me, worship Me, and bow to Me. You shall surely come to Me.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.65&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the Anugītā describes the sage as acting in accordance with the inspiration of the indwelling ruler:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
Just as water flows according to the slope of the land, so do I perform those actions which the inner ruler inspires.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Anugītā 11.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Hindu traditions distinguish between immediate agency and ultimate agency. The jīvātmā functions as the proximate doer of actions and remains responsible for its choices and karma. At the same time, Vedāntic theology regards Īśvara as the ultimate ground of all agency, the indwelling ruler who sustains the faculties of knowledge, volition, and action. The realization of this dependence culminates in the doctrine of non-doership and complete surrender to the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Types_of_Doer_%E2%80%93_According_to_Gu%E1%B9%87as&amp;diff=175968</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:The Types of Doer – According to Guṇas</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:The_Types_of_Doer_%E2%80%93_According_to_Gu%E1%B9%87as&amp;diff=175968"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T19:02:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Classification of the Doer (Kartā) According to the Guṇa-s ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within the Sāṃkhya framework, the &#039;&#039;puruṣa&#039;&#039; is intrinsically distinct from &#039;&#039;prakṛti&#039;&#039; and remains beyond the three &#039;&#039;guṇa&#039;&#039;-s. However, through its association with &#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039; (ego-principle), agency becomes superimposed upon the self. Actions are subsequently carried out through the operation of &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; (intellect), &#039;&#039;manas&#039;&#039; (mind), the sense faculties, and other instruments belonging to &#039;&#039;prakṛti&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Because the empirical individual (jīva) functions through an &#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; conditioned by the three &#039;&#039;guṇa&#039;&#039;-s, the Bhagavad Gītā classifies the doer (&#039;&#039;kartā&#039;&#039;) according to the predominance of &#039;&#039;sattva&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;rajas&#039;&#039;, or &#039;&#039;tamas&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sāttvika Kartā ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
The doer who is free from attachment, free from egotistical speech, endowed with steadfastness and enthusiasm, and who remains unaffected by success or failure, is said to be a sāttvika doer.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sāttvika doer performs action without attachment to its fruits, acts with determination and diligence, and maintains equanimity in both success and failure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rājasa Kartā ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
The doer who is attached, who desires the fruits of action, who is greedy, harmful, impure, and subject to joy and sorrow, is said to be a rājasa doer.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.27&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The rājasa doer is characterized by attachment, desire-driven action, and emotional dependence upon outcomes. Such action is motivated primarily by personal gain and achievement.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tāmasa Kartā ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
The doer who is undisciplined, vulgar, obstinate, deceitful, malicious, lazy, despondent, and prone to procrastination is said to be a tāmasa doer.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.28&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tāmasa doer is characterized by delusion, negligence, inertia, and the inability to act with clarity, discipline, or foresight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Significance ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The threefold classification of the doer presented in the Bhagavad Gītā illustrates how the predominance of the &#039;&#039;guṇa&#039;&#039;-s influences human conduct. Rather than describing three different selves, these categories describe the varying psychological and ethical conditions through which agency is expressed in embodied existence. The cultivation of &#039;&#039;sattva&#039;&#039; is regarded as conducive to dhārmic action, inner clarity, and spiritual advancement, whereas the predominance of &#039;&#039;rajas&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;tamas&#039;&#039; is associated with attachment, confusion, and bondage.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Buddhi_%E2%80%93_the_Primary_Instrument_of_Action&amp;diff=175967</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:Buddhi – the Primary Instrument of Action</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Buddhi_%E2%80%93_the_Primary_Instrument_of_Action&amp;diff=175967"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T19:01:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Buddhi as the Primary Instrument (Karaṇa) ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Within many Hindu philosophical traditions, &#039;&#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039;&#039; (intellect) is regarded as the principal internal instrument (&#039;&#039;antaraṅga karaṇa&#039;&#039;) responsible for determination, discrimination, judgment, and decision-making. While the &#039;&#039;&#039;jīvātmā&#039;&#039;&#039; functions as the conscious agent (&#039;&#039;kartā&#039;&#039;), the buddhi serves as the primary instrument through which intentional action is directed. Other instruments, including the &#039;&#039;manas&#039;&#039; (mind), &#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039; (ego-principle), &#039;&#039;citta&#039;&#039;, and the sense faculties, operate in conjunction with the buddhi during the process of cognition and action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The functioning of the buddhi is influenced by &#039;&#039;saṃskāra&#039;&#039;-s and &#039;&#039;vāsanā&#039;&#039;-s accumulated through previous actions (&#039;&#039;karma&#039;&#039;). These latent impressions shape tendencies, inclinations, preferences, and patterns of judgment. The influence of past karma upon present circumstances and dispositions is identified as &#039;&#039;daiva&#039;&#039; in the doctrine of action presented in the Bhagavad Gītā. Daiva is listed among the factors involved in the accomplishment of action in &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although conditioned by prior karma, the individual is not regarded as entirely determined by past impressions. Through conscious effort, self-discipline, ethical conduct, and spiritual practice, a person may strengthen dhārmic tendencies and weaken adhārmic ones. Such actions in turn generate new &#039;&#039;saṃskāra&#039;&#039;-s that further influence the functioning of the buddhi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā classifies buddhi according to the predominance of the three &#039;&#039;guṇa&#039;&#039;-s:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Sāttvika Buddhi ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
That intellect which knows &#039;&#039;pravṛtti&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;nivṛtti&#039;&#039;, what ought to be done and what ought not to be done, what is to be feared and what is not to be feared, as well as bondage and liberation, O Pārtha, is sāttvika.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.30&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A sāttvika buddhi possesses the capacity for correct discrimination (&#039;&#039;viveka&#039;&#039;) and accurately distinguishes between dharma and adharma, bondage and liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Rājasa Buddhi ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
That intellect which incorrectly understands dharma and adharma, and what ought to be done and what ought not to be done, O Pārtha, is rājasa.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.31&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A rājasa buddhi is characterized by imperfect judgment and a tendency toward partial or distorted discrimination.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Tāmasa Buddhi ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Quote|&lt;br /&gt;
That intellect which, enveloped in darkness, regards adharma as dharma and perceives all things in a contrary manner, O Pārtha, is tāmasa.&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.32&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A tāmasa buddhi is marked by delusion, inversion of values, and a fundamental inability to perceive reality correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The operation of the buddhi is also influenced by its interaction with other components of the &#039;&#039;antaḥkaraṇa&#039;&#039;. The &#039;&#039;manas&#039;&#039; presents sensory data and alternatives for consideration, the &#039;&#039;citta&#039;&#039; serves as the repository of memories and latent impressions, the &#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039; appropriates experiences through the sense of individuality, and the sense organs provide the inputs upon which judgments are formed. Consequently, the buddhi functions within an interconnected psychological framework rather than in isolation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_%C4%80tm%C4%81_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175966</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:Who is the Real Doer:The Ātmā is the Doer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_%C4%80tm%C4%81_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175966"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:26:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ātmā as Kartā (Doer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The question of whether the individual self (jīvātmā) is the true agent (kartā) of action occupies an important place in Hindu philosophical discourse. Most Āstika Darśana-s, including Nyāya, Vaiśeṣika, Pūrva Mīmāṃsā, and Vedānta, affirm that the conscious self is the real doer of actions. While bodily organs, mind (manas), intellect (buddhi), and ego (ahaṅkāra) participate in the process of action, these are generally regarded as instruments (karaṇa-s) employed by the conscious self rather than independent agents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya and Vaiśeṣika maintain that action presupposes a conscious substratum possessing desire (icchā), aversion (dveṣa), effort (prayatna), and volition. Since bodily organs are insentient (jaḍa), they cannot initiate action independently. The self serves as the locus of cognition and volition and is therefore regarded as the agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Vaiśeṣika Sūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The hand lifts when the self exerts and is conjoined with it.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiśeṣika Sūtra 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta and Pūrva Mīmāṃsā frequently argue that scriptural injunctions (vidhi) presuppose an agent capable of undertaking prescribed actions. If the self were entirely non-agentive, injunctions concerning yajña, dāna, vrata, and other dhārmika acts would become purposeless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The individual self is the doer because scriptural injunctions have a purpose.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.33&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of such injunctions include:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Performing actions all his life alone must one desire to live for a hundred years.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;One desiring heaven should perform sacrifice.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taittirīya Saṃhitā 2.5.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Mīmāṃsā perspective, the existence of obligatory and optional actions implies an agent who can intentionally undertake them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct Scriptural Identification of the Self as Doer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several texts explicitly describe the self as the performer of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The self is a doer because scripture declares it to be the performer of sacrifice and other acts.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.36&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the Upaniṣad-s describe the conscious principle as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the performer of yajña-s and actions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* the seer (draṣṭā),&lt;br /&gt;
* the hearer (śrotā),&lt;br /&gt;
* the thinker (mantā),&lt;br /&gt;
* the knower (vijñātā),&lt;br /&gt;
* and the doer (kartā) &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Praśna Upaniṣad 4.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These passages form an important textual basis for the doctrine of self-agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further argument concerns the relationship between action and its fruit (karmaphala). Hindu philosophical systems generally maintain that the experiencer of the fruit should be connected to the performer of the action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pūrva Mīmāṃsā states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The fruit of the scriptural injunction belongs to its doer.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pūrva Mīmāṃsā Sūtra 3.7.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the self is described as both the performer of action and the experiencer of its consequences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The ātmā possessing numerous qualities is the doer and also the reaper of the fruit of his very actions.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Vedānta commentators argue that if insentient entities such as buddhi were the actual agents, the connection between karma and karmaphala would become difficult to explain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra therefore rejects the view that intellect (buddhi) or other instruments can function as independent agents:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Instruments such as the intellect cannot be the real agents in place of the self, for that would result in the self experiencing the fruit of actions performed by another.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.37&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain Upaniṣadic passages describe the self as moving, wandering, or functioning independently of bodily conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The self is a doer because scripture teaches its roaming about.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;The immortal one goes wherever he wishes.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.3.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;He moves according to his pleasure within his own body.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.1.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such passages are interpreted by many Vedāntins as affirmations of the agency and autonomy of the self.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Self and the Subtle Body&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important line of reasoning concerns the relationship between the self and the subtle body (sūkṣma śarīra).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The self is a doer because it takes the organs along with it.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad describes the state of deep sleep:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;When this conscious being sleeps in the space within the heart, it withdraws through intelligence the powers of the senses and draws them into itself.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.1.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the Bhagavad Gītā describes the relationship between the jīva and the senses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;An eternal portion of Myself, having become a jīva in the world of living beings, draws to itself the senses and the mind existing in prakṛti.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;When it acquires a body and when it departs from it, it takes these along just as the wind carries fragrances from their source.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Presiding over hearing, sight, touch, taste, smell, and mind, it experiences the objects of the senses.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The deluded do not perceive it when it departs, remains, or enjoys in association with the guṇa-s, but those possessing the eye of knowledge behold it.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Manusmṛti likewise describes the self entering a new embodiment together with its subtle apparatus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;When the ātmā, clothed with minute particles, enters the embryo of a plant or animal, it assumes a new body in conjunction with its subtle body.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmṛti 1.56&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These passages are interpreted as evidence that the self actively gathers, carries, and employs the organs of cognition and action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta commentators also examine the position that intellect (buddhi) is the true doer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra argues that such a position would render the conscious self subordinate to an unconscious principle:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;If intellect were the real agent, the self would become subservient to it and reduced to an instrument.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.38&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text further argues that meditation and liberation would become difficult to explain if the self possessed no agency:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;If the self were not a doer, it would be incapable of entering samādhi through its own volition.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.39&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objection that the self is inactive during sleep or states of absorption is answered through the analogy of a skilled artisan:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Just as a carpenter remains a carpenter whether working or resting, so the self remains a doer whether active or inactive.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.40&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya, Vaiśeṣika, Pūrva Mīmāṃsā, and many Vedānta traditions affirm that the jīvātmā is the primary agent (kartā) of action. Their arguments draw upon scriptural injunctions, direct scriptural descriptions of agency, the doctrine of karmaphala, accounts of transmigration, and analyses of consciousness. While the mind (manas), intellect (buddhi), ego (ahaṅkāra), and senses participate in action, they are generally understood as instrumental causes operating under the direction of the conscious self. The self alone is regarded as the conscious principle that initiates, directs, experiences, and bears responsibility for action and its consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_%C4%80tm%C4%81_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175965</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:Who is the Real Doer:The Ātmā is the Doer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_%C4%80tm%C4%81_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175965"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T18:25:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ātmā as Kartā (Doer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The question of whether the individual self (jīvātmā) is the true agent (kartā) of action occupies an important place in Hindu philosophical discourse. Most Āstika Darśana-s, including Nyāya, Vaiśeṣika, Pūrva Mīmāṃsā, and Vedānta, affirm that the conscious self is the real doer of actions. While bodily organs, mind (manas), intellect (buddhi), and ego (ahaṅkāra) participate in the process of action, these are generally regarded as instruments (karaṇa-s) employed by the conscious self rather than independent agents.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya and Vaiśeṣika maintain that action presupposes a conscious substratum possessing desire (icchā), aversion (dveṣa), effort (prayatna), and volition. Since bodily organs are insentient (jaḍa), they cannot initiate action independently. The self serves as the locus of cognition and volition and is therefore regarded as the agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Vaiśeṣika Sūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The hand lifts when the self exerts and is conjoined with it.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiśeṣika Sūtra 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta and Pūrva Mīmāṃsā frequently argue that scriptural injunctions (vidhi) presuppose an agent capable of undertaking prescribed actions. If the self were entirely non-agentive, injunctions concerning yajña, dāna, vrata, and other dhārmika acts would become purposeless.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The individual self is the doer because scriptural injunctions have a purpose.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.33&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of such injunctions include:&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;Performing actions all his life alone must one desire to live for a hundred years.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;One desiring heaven should perform sacrifice.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taittirīya Saṃhitā 2.5.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Mīmāṃsā perspective, the existence of obligatory and optional actions implies an agent who can intentionally undertake them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Direct Scriptural Identification of the Self as Doer&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several texts explicitly describe the self as the performer of actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The self is a doer because scripture declares it to be the performer of sacrifice and other acts.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.36&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the Upaniṣad-s describe the conscious principle as:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* the performer of yajña-s and actions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* the seer (draṣṭā),&lt;br /&gt;
* the hearer (śrotā),&lt;br /&gt;
* the thinker (mantā),&lt;br /&gt;
* the knower (vijñātā),&lt;br /&gt;
* and the doer (kartā) &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Praśna Upaniṣad 4.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These passages form an important textual basis for the doctrine of self-agency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A further argument concerns the relationship between action and its fruit (karmaphala). Hindu philosophical systems generally maintain that the experiencer of the fruit should be connected to the performer of the action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pūrva Mīmāṃsā states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;The fruit of the scriptural injunction belongs to its doer.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pūrva Mīmāṃsā Sūtra 3.7.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the self is described as both the performer of action and the experiencer of its consequences:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The ātmā possessing numerous qualities is the doer and also the reaper of the fruit of his very actions.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, Vedānta commentators argue that if insentient entities such as buddhi were the actual agents, the connection between karma and karmaphala would become difficult to explain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra therefore rejects the view that intellect (buddhi) or other instruments can function as independent agents:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Instruments such as the intellect cannot be the real agents in place of the self, for that would result in the self experiencing the fruit of actions performed by another.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.37&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
## Movement and Activity of the Self&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain Upaniṣadic passages describe the self as moving, wandering, or functioning independently of bodily conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;The self is a doer because scripture teaches its roaming about.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Examples include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;The immortal one goes wherever he wishes.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.3.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;He moves according to his pleasure within his own body.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.1.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Such passages are interpreted by many Vedāntins as affirmations of the agency and autonomy of the self.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
## The Self and the Subtle Body&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another important line of reasoning concerns the relationship between the self and the subtle body (sūkṣma śarīra).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;The self is a doer because it takes the organs along with it.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad describes the state of deep sleep:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;When this conscious being sleeps in the space within the heart, it withdraws through intelligence the powers of the senses and draws them into itself.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.1.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, the Bhagavad Gītā describes the relationship between the jīva and the senses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;An eternal portion of Myself, having become a jīva in the world of living beings, draws to itself the senses and the mind existing in prakṛti.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;When it acquires a body and when it departs from it, it takes these along just as the wind carries fragrances from their source.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;Presiding over hearing, sight, touch, taste, smell, and mind, it experiences the objects of the senses.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;The deluded do not perceive it when it departs, remains, or enjoys in association with the guṇa-s, but those possessing the eye of knowledge behold it.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 15.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Manusmṛti likewise describes the self entering a new embodiment together with its subtle apparatus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;When the ātmā, clothed with minute particles, enters the embryo of a plant or animal, it assumes a new body in conjunction with its subtle body.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmṛti 1.56&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These passages are interpreted as evidence that the self actively gathers, carries, and employs the organs of cognition and action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta commentators also examine the position that intellect (buddhi) is the true doer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Brahmasūtra argues that such a position would render the conscious self subordinate to an unconscious principle:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;If intellect were the real agent, the self would become subservient to it and reduced to an instrument.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.38&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The text further argues that meditation and liberation would become difficult to explain if the self possessed no agency:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &amp;quot;If the self were not a doer, it would be incapable of entering samādhi through its own volition.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.39&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The objection that the self is inactive during sleep or states of absorption is answered through the analogy of a skilled artisan:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Just as a carpenter remains a carpenter whether working or resting, so the self remains a doer whether active or inactive.&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.40&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nyāya, Vaiśeṣika, Pūrva Mīmāṃsā, and many Vedānta traditions affirm that the jīvātmā is the primary agent (kartā) of action. Their arguments draw upon scriptural injunctions, direct scriptural descriptions of agency, the doctrine of karmaphala, accounts of transmigration, and analyses of consciousness. While the mind (manas), intellect (buddhi), ego (ahaṅkāra), and senses participate in action, they are generally understood as instrumental causes operating under the direction of the conscious self. The self alone is regarded as the conscious principle that initiates, directs, experiences, and bears responsibility for action and its consequences.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_%C4%80tm%C4%81_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175964</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:Who is the Real Doer:The Ātmā is the Doer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer:The_%C4%80tm%C4%81_is_the_Doer&amp;diff=175964"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:55:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Darśana&#039;&#039;-s like &#039;&#039;Nyāya&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Vaiśeṣika&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;Mīmāṃsā&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Vedānta&#039;&#039; declare that the &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; is the real doer because it is conscious, sentient, living, whereas everything else is insentient and inert. Therefore, how can the insentient &#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039; etc., be designated as the primary doer when it is the &#039;&#039;jīvātmā&#039;&#039; which makes them do actions?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The hand lifts (objects) when the ātmā exerts and is conjoined with the former.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiśeṣika Sūtra 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several reasons are provided to establish the jīvātmā as the real doer in Vedānta Darśana. First, all the injunctions to act in the sacred texts are meant for the ātmā. If the ātmā were not a doer, these sacred texts would all become superfluous. The śāstra-s are meant to liberate the jīvātmā, and they are addressed to it—not to the ahaṅkāra, buddhi, or others.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The jīvātmā is the doer because the scriptures (enjoining dhārmika acts) have a purpose. [i.e., if the individual soul were a non-doer, all the scriptural injunctions on adhering to dharm would be purposeless, pointless, meaningless].&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.33&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some examples of these injunctions are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Performing actions all his life alone must one desire to live for a hundred years.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śukla Yajurveda 40.2 (Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 2)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who aspires for heaven should perform yajña.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kṛṣṇa Yajurveda, Taittirīya Saṃhitā 2.5.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Second, the sacred literature itself designates the jīvātmā as the doer:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The ātmā is a doer because it is said to be the performer of yajña-s and other acts.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.36&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The intelligent/experiencing ātmā performs the yajña-s and other actions.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda, Taittirīya Upaniṣad 2.5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;That experiencing and intelligent puruṣa is indeed the seer, feeler, hearer, thinker, ascertainer and doer.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Atharvaveda, Praśna Upaniṣad 4.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Third, the jīvātmā reaps the fruit of its actions, not of someone else. If the buddhi or other instrumental causes were the real doer, it would be unfair that the jīvātmā should experience the results of actions performed by another entity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Instruments like Intellect (buddhi) cannot be co-agents or real agents instead of the ātmā because that would lead to the ātmā experiencing the fruit of actions performed fully or partially by someone else. The mixture of good and evil fruit is consistent with good and evil actions chosen by a conscious entity – the ātmā.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.37&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The fruit of the injunction of the scripture belongs to its doer.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Pūrva Mīmāṃsā Sūtra 3.7.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The ātmā possessing numerous qualities is the doer and also the reaper of the fruit of his very actions.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda, Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fourth, the ātmā cannot be said to be actionless because there are explicit statements in the sacred texts of its moving about:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The ātmā is a doer also on account of the teaching about its roaming about.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The immortal one goes wherever he likes.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda, Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.3.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He moves according to his pleasure within his own body.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda, Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.1.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fifth, during deep sleep, rebirth, etc., the jīvātmā draws toward itself the subtle organs and mind. When a person dies, these are again pulled together by the jīvātmā, and it leaves the dead body and is reborn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The ātmā is a doer because it takes the organs along with it.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When this being, full of consciousness, is thus asleep in the space within the heart, it absorbs through its intelligence the power of perception of the various organs. When it withdraws the organs from their contact with the external world, it is given the name of ‘svapiti’.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda, Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.1.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;My fragment, having become an eternal jīva in the world of the living, draws to itself the senses, of which the mind is the sixth, that exist in prakṛti.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gītā 15.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When the Bhagavān acquires a body and also when He departs from it, He goes, taking these (the senses and the mind) along, just like the wind carries scents from their source.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gītā 15.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Presiding over the hearing, sight, and touch, taste and smell as well as the mind, He enjoys the objects of the senses.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gītā 15.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When He departs, stays, or enjoys, in contact with the guṇa-s, the deluded do not perceive Him within, but those with the eye of knowledge see Him.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Gītā 15.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When the ātmā, being clothed with minute particles (subtle senses, mind, etc.), enters into the embryo of a plant or an animal, it then assumes, in conjunction with its subtle body, a new physical body.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmṛti 1.56&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sixth, the view that the non-conscious buddhi is the real doer makes the conscious jīvātmā dependent upon the former, which is absurd:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If the buddhi were the real agent (doer of karm), that would make the ātmā subservient to it, and merely an instrumental cause of karm.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.38&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Seventh, mokṣa and samādhi would be impossible if the doer were buddhi and not the jīvātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If the ātmā were not the doer, it would be incapable of samādhi (deep meditation) by its own volition.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.39&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the jīvātmā were a complete non-doer, it would not even be a jñātā or bhoktā in that state. In such a scenario, mokṣa becomes a state of total void or nothingness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Someone might object that in the state of deep sleep or samādhi, the jīvātmā does not employ the mind, intellect, and other organs for performing any task. But:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Just like a carpenter remains a doer (of carpentry) whether working or resting, the ātmā is a doer irrespective of whether the person is awake or sleeping.&#039;&#039;  &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.3.40&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The argument that the ātmā is the doer can be summarized thus: the &#039;&#039;buddhi&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;ahaṅkāra&#039;&#039;, mind and organs are all &#039;&#039;jaḍa&#039;&#039; (insentient) whereas the ātmā alone is &#039;&#039;caitanya&#039;&#039; (sentient). The &#039;&#039;jaḍa&#039;&#039; cannot function without being propelled by the &#039;&#039;caitanya&#039;&#039;  just like a fan or tube-light cannot operate without electricity. Therefore, the ātmā is the real doer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer&amp;diff=175963</id>
		<title>Talk:Who is the Karttā or the Doer of Puruṣhakāra Karm:Who is the Real Doer</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_is_the_Kartt%C4%81_or_the_Doer_of_Puru%E1%B9%A3hak%C4%81ra_Karm:Who_is_the_Real_Doer&amp;diff=175963"/>
		<updated>2026-06-05T17:53:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The question then arises – who is the doer? Is it the Bhagavān, the ātmā or the organs? There are three major opinions in this regard listed in Śāstras.&lt;br /&gt;
#The Ātmā is the Doer&lt;br /&gt;
#The Divine Bhagavān is the Doer&lt;br /&gt;
#Within the Sāṃkhya paradigm, the puruṣa or the ātmā is not a doer on its own&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_implements_the_Law_of_Karm:Divine_Grace_and_Karmaphala&amp;diff=175937</id>
		<title>Talk:Who implements the Law of Karm:Divine Grace and Karmaphala</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_implements_the_Law_of_Karm:Divine_Grace_and_Karmaphala&amp;diff=175937"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T17:12:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If Bhagavān’s grace means forgiveness of the demerit accumulated, that will lead to a violation of the Law of Karm according to which everyone must reap the fruit of their actions. But as a counter-argument to this, grace can mean these three things that are consistent with the Law of Karm as well-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The Bhagavān removes hurdles in the path of spiritual progress of human beings. They will still need to make an effort to become enlightened but their struggles will be lesser.&lt;br /&gt;
# The Bhagavān takes away the entire stock of Sañcita Karm of the person who is ready for Mokṣa so that he does not have to undergo further experiences in this or in any potential future lives before attaining Mokṣa. This will be discussed in more detail in section 16 later.&lt;br /&gt;
# Divine grace shines perpetually on all without any prejudice. It is up to us to accept and benefit from it. For instance, several people stand underneath a fruit-laden tree but only they who extend their hand to pluck a fruit get to savor it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In all theistic traditions including Hindu Dharm, Divine Grace is an accepted notion. His Grace over-rides considerations of Karm and its fruit to liberate us from its effects. However, Divine Grace can simply mean the bounties that He provides to all, irrespective of their class, status, level of ethical or spiritual attainments. These bounties include the air we breathe, the light and warmth of the sun and so on. These gifts are provided to everyone without prejudice and it is up to us to decide how we use them- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“In the light of the doctrine of karm it may seem that man is responsible for whatever happens to him in his life in the form of pleasure or pain. Since Bhagavān is only the giver of man’s karmphala, His role is no different from the role of a cashier in a bank. The cashier cannot give any money to the depositor other than his invested capital and its interest. Where then is the scope for  Bhagavān’s grace in Hindu Dharm? In reply, Hindu Dharm says that  Bhagavān’s grace cannot be conditional. Any conditional gift cannot be called real grace. Therefore, Bhagavān’s grace has to be unconditional, unbiased and impartial. Just as the sun shines on both the good and the wicked, so also  Bhagavān showers His grace impartially on everyone, whether good or evil. The good use Bhagavān’s grace for good purposes. The wicked use Bhagavān’s grace for bad purposes. &lt;br /&gt;
Shri Ramakrishna explains this with the help of a beautiful analogy. In a small room a candle is burning. By the light of the candle one person is reading a holy book, while another person in the same room is forging dollar bills. In this analogy the candlelight represents Bhagavān’s grace. It is impartial; it shines equally on both. The two persons are using  Bhagavān’s grace for two completely different purposes – one good, and the other bad. Perhaps one of them will eventually turn into a saint, while the other will end up in prison.” &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Swami Bhaskarananda. &#039;&#039;The Essentials of Hindu Dharm&#039;&#039;. Viveka Press, 2002.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“According to Shri Ramakrishna the breeze of  Bhagavān’s grace is always blowing. Everyone in this world is like the owner of a sailboat. As long as the sail of the boat is not unfurled one cannot take advantage of the breeze – one cannot get the benefit of  Bhagavān’s grace. But as soon as the sail is unfurled, the breeze of divine grace starts moving the boat. In this analogy the act of unfurling the sail is no other than making self-effort. Without self-effort one will neither be able to appreciate nor enjoy the benefit of  Bhagavān’s grace.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Swami Bhaskarananda. &#039;&#039;The Essentials of Hinduism&#039;&#039;. Viveka Press, 2002.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Another example may be provided to explain how the unconditional and equal grace showered by the Divine reflects his universal love and justice- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Suppose a householder has four children; the eldest has finished his education, done his training, got a job, and is bringing in some money for the general family maintenance. The next child has passed his examinations, but has not yet enrolled in the service or employment, and the third is still studying. The fourth one is not even old enough to go to school, so he is just playing around and enjoying himself. If one wanted to know which one of the four was most loved by his father, it would seem very difficult to decide, but nevertheless if one tried to decide one would say that the youngest was getting most of his father’s love, Because he is helpless, he does not contribute anything, he is not even clever enough to recite anything learnt at school – and yet he is loved the most. The mother loves him, and whenever the father comes home and is given food, the little boy sits on his lap and gets fed by the father. Sometimes the boy picks up one or two pieces of food and puts them into his father’s mouth in response to all that is being done for him. This little offering of a child fills the father with the greatest joy of his life. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same way, the Absolute is the father of all in this universe and whether one is incapable of doing anything, whether one is earning anything or not, whether one is about to repay the debt, it does not matter. He loves all of us.” &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; His Holiness Shantanand Saraswati. &#039;&#039;The Man Who Wanted to Meet Bhagavān&#039;&#039;. Bell Tower, 1996.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In summary, according to this viewpoint, Divine Grace means that He has provided a level playing ground for everyone and given all of us basic amenities that are needed for us to live, flourish and exercise our free well. These gifts are provided to all of us equally irrespective of how we use them. But due to our exercise of free will, we modify the quality and the quantity of these gifts available to us. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
4. The fourth viewpoint is that Divine Grace is the sole exception to the otherwise universal Law of Karm. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Saint Nammalvar is reported to have asked Bhagavān why all the men are not saved by His Grace, and to have got the reply from the Bhagavān that since man is endowed with a free will, Bhagavān would wait to see man’s predilection for Him…..Thus, although at first sight there is an irreconcilable opposition between the doctrine of self-effort or free-will and the doctrine of Grace, writers of Bhakti everywhere have found no difficulty in reconciling both to their satisfaction. They treat Grace as only an exception to the universality of the Law of Karm. All accept both the doctrines and allow each its own sphere of influence.” &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Krishnaswami, O. R. &#039;&#039;Open Your Heart to God Through Bhakti Yoga&#039;&#039;. Dev Publishers and Distributors, 2014.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This view is specifically found in the Bhakti traditions of Hindu Dharm and may be illustrated with the following story- &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Karur Ammā &amp;amp; Bilvamangala&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Karur Ammā &amp;amp; Bilvamangala.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the 16th-17th century in the town of Guruvāyūr in Kerala (India) lived two devotees of Kṛṣṇa – an elderly lady named Kurūr Ammā, and a poet named Vilvamaṅgala. The people of the town believed that Kṛṣṇa often appeared in front of these two Bhaktas in the form of a child to play with them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, a friend of the two devotees came to visit Vilvamaṅgala and requested, “Dear friend, I have a terrible stomachache that refuses to go. Can you inform your friend Kṛṣṇa about it?” Vilvamaṅgala agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next day, when Kṛṣṇa appeared before Vilvamaṅgala, he said, “Kṛṣṇa, my friend asked me to inform you that he is suffering from a bad stomachache.” Kṛṣṇa replied, “Well, this is because of some bad Karm that he did in a previous life. He must reap the fruit of that now.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vilvamaṅgala conveyed Kṛṣṇa’s message to his suffering friend the following day. Disappointed, the man now went to Kurūr Ammā and begged her to ask Kṛṣṇa to remove his stomachache.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Kṛṣṇa came to play with Kurūr Ammā, she pleaded with him lovingly, “Dear Kṛṣṇa, a friend came to me with a very bad stomachache. He is really suffering a lot. You are very kind and merciful. Please do this favor on me and remove his pain.” Kṛṣṇa replied, “As you wish. His pain will go away.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The gentleman’s stomachache indeed disappeared. When he met Vilvamaṅgala a few days later, he told the poet how his stomachache went away after Kurūr Ammā had requested Kṛṣṇa. This made Vilvamaṅgala very angry. When Kṛṣṇa came to visit him the next time, Vilvamaṅgala complained, “You are being partial. When I told you about my friend’s stomachache, you said that he was suffering due to his bad Karm. But when Kurūr Ammā spoke to you, you responded to her request favorably and my friend got healed.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Karur Ammā &amp;amp; Bilvamangala 2.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa replied, “Instead of being happy that your friend’s pain is gone, you are upset that I answered Kurūr Ammā’s loving request and that your friend was healed because of her and not you. I am not partial to anyone. I respond to the prayers of my Bhaktas after determining whether they have said it with feeling and love or not. You just conveyed your friend’s request to me as if you were doing a favor on him. But Kurūr Ammā requested me with love and sincerity, and therefore I fulfilled her wish.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_implements_the_Law_of_Karma:%C4%AAshvara_and_the_Problem_of_Evil_and_Suffering&amp;diff=175936</id>
		<title>Talk:Who implements the Law of Karma:Īshvara and the Problem of Evil and Suffering</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_implements_the_Law_of_Karma:%C4%AAshvara_and_the_Problem_of_Evil_and_Suffering&amp;diff=175936"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T17:08:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some objectors do not accept any Divine role in the oversight or implementation of the Law of Karm. Some are mentioned here:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1.The first objection is that there is a lot of suffering and evil in this world.&#039;&#039;&#039; Couldn’t the omniscient and loving Bhagavān bring an end to these and ensure that everyone is happy, virtuous and spiritually enlightened? We also see that some virtuous people suffer whereas evil people flourish and are happy. This indicates that the Lord is partial and unfair. The Hindu tradition responds that the diversity of experiences in this world results from the diversity of actions of people, who have Free Will -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Brahman cannot be attributed with partiality and cruelty because he takes into account the respective actions of individuals, Moreover, the Vedic texts too declare it to be so. &#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.1.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Humans are reborn into virtuous or evil realms by their virtuous and evil acts respectively. And if their acts are mixed, they are reborn as humans. &#039;&#039;&#039;Atharvaveda, Praśna Upaniṣad 3.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The diversity (of experiences and forms) in this creation results from the diversity of the actions of individuals. &#039;&#039;&#039;Sāṃkhyasūtra 6.41&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The current existence is the fruit of the individual’s former karma. &#039;&#039;&#039;Nyāyasūtra 3.2.60&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2. The second objection is that at the beginning of the creation, there are no prior actions that should have resulted in the fruit of any original human beings.&#039;&#039;&#039; And yet, we do see that even our most ancient forefathers had different abilities and experiences. Does this not indicate that the Divine favored some and was unfair to others at least in the beginning of the human creation? Again, the Hindu sacred literature addresses this problem and responds that this is neither the first creation nor is it the last. The cycle of creation-existence-dissolution is beginning-less and endless. Likewise, the ātmā-s and their Karmas are also eternal, beginning-less -&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The Bhagavān fabricated the moon and the sun as in the previous creation. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ṛgveda 10.190.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Both the conscious ātmā and the unconscious material creation, the Master as well these two that are dependent on Him are all unborn. Yajurveda, &#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 1.19&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Know that the Prakṛti and the Puruṣa (ātmā) are without a beginning. &#039;&#039;&#039;Gītā 13.19&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In the next creation, Bhagavān connects each jīvātmā with the residual karma from the previous cycle of creation. The cycle of creation and destruction of the universe, and karma are both without a beginning. &#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.1.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;At the time of pralaya, the Devas who have not yet exhausted the fruit (= abode in heaven) of their good karmas are then reborn in heaven during the next cycle of creation. Whereas those Devas who had exhausted the fruit of their karma before the pralaya are then reborn as humans when the next cycle of creation starts. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.272.52&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_implements_the_Law_of_Karm:Law_of_Karm_versus_Omnipotent_%C4%AAshvara_Paradox&amp;diff=175935</id>
		<title>Talk:Who implements the Law of Karm:Law of Karm versus Omnipotent Īshvara Paradox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Who_implements_the_Law_of_Karm:Law_of_Karm_versus_Omnipotent_%C4%AAshvara_Paradox&amp;diff=175935"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T17:04:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;1. If the law of Karm is inexorable, then everyone must bear the fruit of his or her karm. The law of Karm is therefore self-operating and does not require an Īśvara to administer it. This is the view of some teachers of Pūrva Mīmāṃsā Darśana and also the Sāṃkhya Darśana.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The conjunction of fruit of Karm-s with their doer is not presided over by the Lord because the law of Karm is self-sufficient to function automatically. &#039;&#039;&#039;Sāṃkhya Sūtra 5.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But this view will mean that Īśvara is powerless before Karm and therefore Īśvara is not omnipotent. Vedānta rejects this view because of explicit statements in the revealed Vedic texts that the Divine is the impeller of actions and that He also gives fruit of all actions-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It is Brahman Himself who makes him (a person) do a good deed whom He wishes to raise from these worlds; and it is He Himself who makes him do a bad deed whom He wishes to throw down. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ṛgveda, Kauṣītaki Upaniṣad 3.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;As he does and as it conducts himself, so he becomes. He becomes virtuous through a virtuous act and evil through an evil act. &#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda, Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;2.But, If Īśvara can over-rule the law of Karm, then it means that this universe is not just and Īśvara is whimsical. It also means that the Law of Karm is not universal.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta and other scriptures respond to this objection by stating that the Lord administers the Law of Karm but he does so fairly. Everyone gets the fruits of their own respective actions. When the scriptures say that our actions themselves are inspired or impelled by the Lord, and so is our happiness and sorrows, all it means is that the Lord has power over the Law of Karm but chooses to be fair and just, as is clarified by many other scriptural passages-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The fruit of karm come from the Divine because that possibility (alone) is reasonable. &#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 3.2.38&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Brahman cannot be attributed with partiality and cruelty because he takes into account the respective actions of individuals, Moreover, the Vedic texts too declare it to be so. &#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.1.34&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Some jīvas take birth in the wombs of various embodied creatures. Others enter fixed or static creatures (plants) according to their karm and according to the spiritual wisdom that they have heard and acquired. Yajurveda, &#039;&#039;&#039;Kaṭha Upaniṣad 5.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Humans are reborn into virtuous or evil realms by their virtuous and evil acts respectively. And if their acts are mixed, they are reborn as humans. &#039;&#039;&#039;Atharvaveda, Praśna Upaniṣad 3.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who is the doer of a karm, is also the enjoyer of the consequences of whatever he has done. Yajurveda, &#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;As a matter of fact, Īśvara helps the effort of Man, i.e., when Man is trying to obtain a particular fruit, it is Īśvara that accomplishes that fruit for him. When Īśvara does not accomplish it, Man’s action becomes fruitless. &#039;&#039;&#039;Vātsyāyana Bhāṣya on Nyāya Sūtra 4.1.21&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;3. Another view could be that if Īśvara does not control the Law of Karm, then it means that there are two independently omnipotent entities – Īśvara, and the Law of Karm. Hindu Dharm rejects this view because the entire universe with its cosmic laws reflects the control and will of the Īśvara.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;4. In the Sāṃkhya Darśana, Brahman and also Puruṣa are completely inactive and simply observers. Prakṛti evolves into the universe solely due to its proximity to the Īśvara. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this view, Īśvara is a ‘non-doer’ and therefore He cannot be the implementer of the Law of Karm either. However, the Hindu tradition overall considers the Īśvara as a ‘doer’ (although not in the ordinary sense of the word as applied to humans) and his activities include witnessing our Karm, enabling us to perform our Karm, and reap their respective and deserved fruit.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Lord Vishnu.png|thumb|Bhagavān Viṣṇu]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman delegates this task of judging the deeds of people to other Deities. In the Vedas, Deva Varuṇa is the witness of all our actions and he binds the evil doers with his noose. Yama, the Devtaa of Death, was assigned the task of judging our Karm in the most ancient texts. He would take the Jīva of the dying person from the body and send him to heaven or hell depending on the balance of his deeds – whether there was a preponderance of good or bad deeds. In subsequent literature, Yama is said to have requested Brahmā to be relieved of this task, whereupon Citragupta was born as a son to Brahmā to take over and assist Yama.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In traditional Hindu narratives, Citragupta is depicted as the secret witness to each of our actions. After death, the Jīvas are taken to the court of Citragupta, who reads out the detailed records of the deeds committed, their impacts and moral worth and then sends the doer to heaven or hell. Citragupta is typically depicted as an accountant or record keeper with a scroll (or manuscript), inkpot and pen. He is worshipped as their patron Deity by the traditional community of Hindu scribes/accountants (Kāyastha-s) in several parts of India.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:Necessity_of_a_Perfect_Judge_of_Our_Actions&amp;diff=175934</id>
		<title>Talk:The Complexity of Karm:Necessity of a Perfect Judge of Our Actions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:Necessity_of_a_Perfect_Judge_of_Our_Actions&amp;diff=175934"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:59:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every complex society has a formal code of law or conduct that defines different crimes and their corresponding punishments. And yet, we need courts of law and competent judges who examine and evaluate alleged crimes and their doers to determine the appropriate quantum of punishment. Likewise, every large business corporation has guidelines for reward and merit (salary raise, etc., and bonus) for employees based on their performance. But it takes a human manager with first-hand knowledge of his employee performance to determine the exact reward and merit increase for his employees. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, our sacred texts and those who know and practice their teachings have spelled out detailed guidelines on evil and pious Karm-s and their respective fruit that we get. Given the complexity of Karm discussed above, how can we be sure that everyone gets the just deserts of their actions? Several solutions have been provided in the Dharmic traditions: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The Vedic ceremonial traditions (in Brāhmaṇa, Kalpasūtra texts) define quite rigidly the procedures of these ceremonies (Yajñas) and the result to be expected from them. In later ages, the scholars of the Pūrva Mīmāṃsā tradition like Śabara postulated that performance of Yajñas created an entity called ‘apūrva’ which connected the performer of the Yajña with the result at a later time, or even after he had died. It might be noted that the Pūrva Mīmāṃsā Sūtras themselves do not advocate the concept of ‘apūrva’. Furthermore, they do not discuss the role of Īśvara in this matter simply because it is beyond their scope of discussion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Followers of other Darśanas like Vaiśeṣika postulate that our actions lead to an entity called ‘adṛṣṭa’ (the ‘unseen’) which later connects the doer with the results of his deeds, either later in the present life or in a future life. They do not deny the agency of Īśvara in the operation of ‘adṛṣṭa’. The Nyāya Darśana states that Īśvara accords the respective fruit of Karm to the doers. In later times, these two Darśanas got fused and it was accepted that, this connection is implemented by the Divine Bhagavān.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Yog Darśana declares that the performance of each Karm results in ‘saṃskāra-s’ that are material and reside within the mind of the doer. Even when the doer dies, the mind, with these ‘saṃskāra-s’ stored in them, transmigrates with the Jīva, ensuring that the Jīva can reap the results of the deeds even in the next life or lives at an appropriate time. It might be noted that Yog Darśana does not deny the role of Īśvara in dispensing the fruit of actions on the doer but is simply silent on His role in this matter.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The Sāṃkhya Darśana denies the role of the Divine Bhagavān in dispensing the fruit of actions to the doers because the actions are self-sufficient in bestowing their fruit on the doer at a later time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# The Buddhists and Jains have developed very extensive lists of deeds, their classifications, and so on and have mapped them laboriously to their respective results so that the process of reaping the respective fruit of each karm becomes a very mechanical or automatic one. A detailed discussion on Buddhist and Jain theories is outside the scope of the present compilation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any theory (like the last two mentioned above) that actively denies the role of any intelligent and all-knowing Īshvara in connecting the doer with the effects of his Karm at a later period and in a future life fails to explain the following aspects of the Law of Karm: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#If the latent effects of Karm reside completely inside the mind of the human doer before manifesting as the fruit of these actions, how do we explain cases like a lion devouring the doer? Does this mean that his mind brought the doer in front of the lion to be mauled to death or did the latent effects from the mind of the doer transfer to the lion and motivate the beast to maul the human being? &lt;br /&gt;
#Natural calamities like an avalanche can result in deaths. How can the Karm of the doers initiate the avalanche to bury them alive? &lt;br /&gt;
#Many external factors affect the moral evaluation of our Karm-s. If the latent effects are stored mechanically inside one’s mind or somewhere else, how do we ensure that the doer reaps a fruit that is just and takes into account all these external factors? After all, even in the real world, we need live and wise judges to arrive at a correct judgment despite the existence of codes of law. &lt;br /&gt;
#When the universe comes to an end, the entire material universe, including our minds that store the latent effects of our deeds, are destroyed. In the next cycle of creation, when the minds are created afresh and conjoined to the Jīva-s, how will each Jīva get a mind that has the exact residual latent effects of Karm that he had in the previous cycle of creation? &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All theories of the Law of Karm that do not include the role an intelligent, all-knowing Judge who evaluates our actions correctly cannot explain scenarios like the four listed above. Therefore, the dominant streams like Veda, Vedānta, Nyāya, Bhakti and other genres of Śāstras declare that Īshvara oversees and implements the Law of Karm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:Law_of_Karm_as_a_General_Guideline&amp;diff=175933</id>
		<title>Talk:The Complexity of Karm:Law of Karm as a General Guideline</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:Law_of_Karm_as_a_General_Guideline&amp;diff=175933"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:56:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is futile to get obsessed with and paranoid about each and every Karm that we perform and their exact consequences. Instead, one must grasp at the essence of the Law of Karm, which is that good actions produce good results (and vice versa) and therefore we must strive to make good, informed and wise choices every time.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“One of my own experiences provided me an analogy for understanding how to effectively process the concept of karm. Some years ago, I contracted malaria. I couldn’t trace when the infected mosquito had bitten me, and I therefore had no way to know where I was at the time or even where I was bitten. Neither could I discern which mosquito but me. But my symptoms were clear: I had been bitten by a malaria-carrying mosquito and now had to take the proper treatment. I also realized I should be more careful in the future; for instance, when I am now in infested areas. I try to sleep under a mosquito net.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;We may not be able to trace the specific reason for our suffering, but we can ascertain that at some time we have acted in a sway that sowed the seed that grew into our present condition. We might have committed that action in this life or another. It doesn’t really matter. What matters is recognizing our symptoms, taking the proper treatment now, and being careful to avoid reinfection in the future.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Swami, Radhanath. &#039;&#039;The Journey Within&#039;&#039;. Mandala Publications, 2016.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not a copout to explain away the imperfections in the Law of Karm. It is indeed a perfect Law, but its complexity makes it difficult for us to model the cause and effect relationships precisely and perfectly. It is not even worthwhile to do so. While the Law of Karm has an explanatory value for why life seems unfair, and it encourages us to follow Dharm, a person who is advanced on the path of Mokṣa will eventually transcend the results of Karm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“It should be born in mind that like the natural sciences, the doctrine of karm enunciates general laws governing actions and their effects. The physical science gives us the general law that a cloud is formed out of water vapor and that rain is produced by the clouds. It will however be well-nigh impossible to determine exactly how many inches of rainfall a particular spot will have at a particular time. To ascertain this, an enquirer will have to take into account and examine so many factors that the exercise will not be worth his while. Similarly, the doctrine of Karm lays down some general principles from which we can derive sufficient knowledge to enable us to lead a balanced life. The aspirant for Moksha (liberation), who has firmly grasped the principles of Karm, can truly control his self and acquire, in the words of the Upanishad, the competence of being the ‘master of his self’.” &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Swami Hariharananda Aranya. &#039;&#039;Yog Philosophy of Patanjali with Bhasvati&#039;&#039;. University of Calcutta, 2000.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite our best intentions, we human beings are creatures with finite understanding and knowledge. Therefore, even our noblest actions can have unforeseen negative effects on ourselves and others. But the Law of Karm exhorts us to do our best, pick the best option (pious actions), with the noblest intentions, with as much knowledge and understanding as we can acquire, with faith and with a proper consideration of external factors like place, time, stakeholders and so on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:External_Modifiers_of_Karm&amp;diff=175932</id>
		<title>Talk:The Complexity of Karm:External Modifiers of Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:External_Modifiers_of_Karm&amp;diff=175932"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:54:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Internal modifiers of the moral worth of Karm:&lt;br /&gt;
#Whether they are generally regarded as evil or good deeds, &lt;br /&gt;
#Role of the doer (direct doer, instigator, condone), &lt;br /&gt;
#Intent of the doer, &lt;br /&gt;
#Knowledge/Ignorance or understanding with which the deed was performed, &lt;br /&gt;
#Ability or the capacity of the doer and &lt;br /&gt;
#Shraddhā (faith in the efficacy and propriety) in the mind of the doer. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If Hindu scriptures were to teach only inapplicable Utopian ideals, they would be worthless or of very limited value to most people from a practical perspective. Therefore, according to Śāstras, the practice of General (‘sādhāraṇa’ or ‘sanātana’) Dharm often gets modified by considerations of the impact, place, occasion, or time, situation, means adopted to accomplish the action, the status of whom we are dealing with, stakeholders etc. These factors are called Dharm-Nimitta or Dharm-Lakshana or Dharm-Kāraka Hetu, meaning that they are instrumental factors in determining the appropriateness or inappropriateness of Dharm/Karm. Numerous external factors can alter the moral worth or propriety of our actions. Examples of these external factors (mixed with some internal factors as well) are given below-&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The following make Dharm manifest: desha (place), kāla (time), upāya (correct procedure), dravya (material good), shraddhā (faith), pātra (deserving beneficiary), tyāga (relinquishing one’s ownership). &#039;&#039;&#039;Shankha Likhita Dharmsūtra (quoted in Bhatta Lakshmidhara’s Krityakalpataru, Brahmachārikānda)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;At the right place and time, with the correct procedure (e.g., respectfully and with utterance of mantras), whatever appropriate gift is given with faith to a deserving beneficiary – all this is indicative of Dharm. &#039;&#039;&#039;Yājnavalkya Smriti 1.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śāstras generally collapse these numerous constraints further into two main ones: Desha (location, region or country) and Kāla (time, or situation) - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In their scriptures dealing with Dharm, Artha and Kaama and Moksha too, the Sages have regarded ‘time’ and ‘place’ as the primary factors which humans should consider to achieve their goals. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahabharata 12.135.22&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The person, who examining the current significance of place and time, and applying his wisdom, acts in harmony with these alone gains the fruits of his aspirations. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahabharata 12.135.23&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The same deed can be considered as Adharm or Dharm depending upon the place and time in which it is done. Under certain circumstances, stealing, lying and violence are also considered as Dharm. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.36.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that these factors are all external to the body and mind of the doer because they exist in the environment around him (time, place) and other living creatures or stakeholders. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:Inapplicability_of_Lists_of_Good_and_Bad_Karm&amp;diff=175931</id>
		<title>Talk:The Complexity of Karm:Inapplicability of Lists of Good and Bad Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:The_Complexity_of_Karm:Inapplicability_of_Lists_of_Good_and_Bad_Karm&amp;diff=175931"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:53:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Noble action, inaction and evil action are sometimes difficult to distinguish from each other because one can also get bewildered about the moral propriety and consequences of our actions. For example, stealing in general is considered evil Karm, but there are times when it is not so, even according to our sacred texts - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Upon being hungry for three days, he may steal food from the home of a non-Brahmana. And if he is caught in the act, he should confess about what exactly he has stolen. &#039;&#039;&#039;Yājnavalkya Smriti 3.43&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who, when in danger of losing his life, accepts food from any person whatsoever, is no more tainted by sin than the sky by mud. &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmṛti 10.104&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, on the matter of speaking Truth, Bhagavān Kṛṣṇa advises Arjuna in the Mahābhārata: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Speaking the truth always is indeed a great virtue. Indeed, nothing, no virtue is perhaps superior to speaking the truth. But the practical aspects of speaking truth are very difficult to understand. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 8.49.27&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Sometimes truth is protected by speaking the truth, sometimes by not speaking it at all or sometimes even by speaking a lie. If a person is losing everything, then it is better to speak a lie if that lie will save that person from utter ruin. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 8.49.28&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If speaking a truth will cause someone’s death or break someone’s marriage, then it is better to tell a lie. In such situations, speaking the truth is equivalent to a lie, and speaking a lie is equivalent to speaking the truth. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 8.49.29&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Only a fool thinks that speaking a formal truth alone is Dharm at all times. Instead, he alone is a knower of Dharm who speaks the truth only after considering the situation (as stated in the above verses). &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 8.49.30&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If a false promise can get you freedom from kidnappers, then better tell a lie. It would be a greater evil to promise a ransom to kidnappers and then pay the amount to them after freedom, because wealth given to evil men begets misery for the speaker of the truth himself. One must not therefore hesitate to speak a lie if it promotes Dharm. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 8.49.54-55&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān Kṛṣṇa then narrates two stories where there was an inversion of Dharm and Adharm, and Truth and Falsehood. In the first story, he talks about a hunter, who had the responsibility of taking care of his blind parents and other family members. He always spoke the truth; he never caused pain to anyone and never neglected his duties and obligations. He was the sole bread-winner for his parents, wife, and children. One day, he could not find any food, and had to kill a blind animal to get some food for his dependents. The hunter went to heaven, even though he did the heinous crime of killing a blind animal, because he did it for the sake of his blind parents and to feed his family.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the second story, Bhagavān Kṛṣṇa describes a Brahmana named Kaushika who took a vow of speaking truth at all times. One day, a band of bandits came to his home, chasing a group of innocent people who were trying to escape bandits and had passed by Kaushika’s home. Upon being asked as to whereabouts of these innocent people fleeing the bandits, Kaushika spoke the ‘truth’, resulting in the bandits capturing the innocent victims and killing them. Bhagavān Kṛṣṇa calls this ‘truthful’ Kaushika as a fool, as one ignorant of Dharm who misused his vow of speaking truth to cause harm to innocent people; and as a result of speaking this ‘truth’, Kaushika went to Hell. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:Inviolability_of_the_Law_of_Karm&amp;diff=175930</id>
		<title>Talk:Karm Mīmāmsa or the Science of Karm:Inviolability of the Law of Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:Inviolability_of_the_Law_of_Karm&amp;diff=175930"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:49:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyone must reap the fruit of their prior karm in entirety till Moksha is achieved. No one can cheat the Law of Karm for two reasons: First, the record of all that we do resides in our mind. And second, Bhagavān, who is fair and just, and who is all-knowing, is a witness to everything that we do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bhīshma said - Just as a calf can recognize its mother from a thousand cows, similarly an act that has been done in the past can reach its doer (from amongst millions of humans). &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.322.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;A man can never forsake the action done by him far into the sky, or deep into the sea or high on the mountain; whether he is held by his mother on her head or kept in her lap. &#039;&#039;&#039;Garuda Purāņa 1.113.20&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bhagavān Shiva said to Parvati - There is not one person in the three worlds who does not experience the fruits of his actions. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 13 chapter 145 (Southern Recension)&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bheeshma said: Dharm has many gates. No action is without its fruit. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.174.2cd&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Evil as well as virtuous deeds indeed all bear fruit. That fruit does not get destroyed away even in a hundred lives till it is experienced by the doer. &#039;&#039;&#039;Nārada Purāṇa 2.29.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is futile to hide one’s deeds thinking that ‘if no one watches me, there will be no consequences’ because the Divine powers surely witness what we do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Only a fool tries to hide his evil karm intentionally from others. His evil karm might not be visible to others, but the Devas surely see it. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.193.27&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The results of our Karm cannot leave us because they cling to us. The results do not get deposited somewhere else from where we retrieve them later, they are always close to us. Even death cannot rid us of our Karm. They travel with our ātmā into the next body and start acting soon after rebirth - &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whichever deed one has done, its respective fruit stalks the doer. If the doer runs fast, the fruit chases him with an equal speed. When the doer sleeps, the fruit also lays down with him. When he stands, the result stands next to him. When he walks, the result of his deed walks right behind him. Additionally, the fruit of past actions does not leave the doer even when he is performing newer deeds. They follow the doer everywhere like his shadow. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.181.8-9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The Jīvātmā or his deeds and that which has given in charity never perish. Upon death, only the physical body dies and the Jīvātmā abandons and moves into another body (along with its deeds etc.). &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.187.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;One starts experiencing the fruit of deeds done in his prior body as soon as he is reborn as a fetus within his pregnant mother. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.181.14cd&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śāstras declare that even at the destruction of the universe, it does not rid our ātmā of the non-ripened karm that it has performed in its various lives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;At the time of pralaya, the Devas who have not yet exhausted the fruit (= abode in heaven) of their good karms are then reborn in heaven during the next cycle of creation. Whereas those Devas who had exhausted the fruit of their karm before the pralaya are then reborn as humans when the next cycle of creation starts. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.272.52&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In the next creation, Bhagavān connects each jīvātmā with the residual karm from the previous cycle of creation. The cycle of creation and destruction of the universe, and karm are both without a beginning. &#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 2.1.35&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A scholar explains the unfailing operation of the Law of Karm using the modern analogy of an ‘Investment &lt;br /&gt;
Program’:&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Armstrong, Jeffrey (Kavindra Rishi). &#039;&#039;Karm: The Ancient Science of Cause and Effect&#039;&#039;. Mandala Publishing, 2007.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;“Another metaphor for this system of cause and effect and how it influences our every action is to see karm as a financial arrangement. From this perspective, the whole of nature is a great bank in which all wealth is deposited. Humans have free will, which is an endowment of capital they receive &lt;br /&gt;
by being eternal and conscious. Through the investing of their money (free will) in various actions and enterprises, they earn interest, receive payments, establish savings accounts, and open investments that eventually yield their R.O.I. (return on investment) at various future dates. This means, of course, that reincarnation is an ongoing process of paying debts and receiving the profits on our portfolios of investments. We wouldn’t want it to be any other way. If you work for two weeks, you expect to receive a paycheck. The problem is the same law that gives you your pay also holds you accountable for breaking any of the rules of the system. There is no way to have free will without having both positive and negative consequences from its use.”&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Another modern example is that of the credit card: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;“When we use a credit card to buy something, we’re essentially borrowing money from the company that issues the card. This is why the restaurant owner lets us leave his establishment after giving him only the promissory note of a credit card slip. This isn’t real money, just the promise of receiving payment. For the moment, we’ve enjoyed a pleasant meal at no expense. Wow! Credit cards are great! You can get something for nothing – at least until the statement arrives in the mail. “Gee,” you might think after scanning the lengthy list of charges. “I’d forgotten, but the credit card company makes it their business to remember, and they do a very good job at it. Just like the law of karm, which also never forgets a debit or credit to our karmic account. The consequences of each of our thoughts and actions are precisely recorded at the causal plane of reality. All the effects produced by the causes that leave our mental chute of intention are entered into our karmic ledger, and we are responsible for them…..”&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Hines, Brian. &#039;&#039;Life is Fair&#039;&#039;. Radha Soami Satsang Beas, 1999.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:Evil_and_Pious_Karm:_A_Basic_Checklist&amp;diff=175929</id>
		<title>Talk:Karm Mīmāmsa or the Science of Karm:Evil and Pious Karm: A Basic Checklist</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:Evil_and_Pious_Karm:_A_Basic_Checklist&amp;diff=175929"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:47:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We all love simple checklists giving do’s and don’ts. The following list is given in the Mahābhārata, &lt;br /&gt;
Manusmṛti and in other Hindu and Buddhist scriptures:&lt;br /&gt;
 [[File:Evil and Pious Karma.jpg|thumb|Evil and Pious Karma]]&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Three physical evils:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
# Stealing &lt;br /&gt;
# Violence &lt;br /&gt;
# Adultery &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Four Verbal Evils&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
# Speaking harsh words &lt;br /&gt;
# Lies &lt;br /&gt;
# Words meant to swindle &lt;br /&gt;
# Speaking nonsense &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Three Mental Evils&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
# Coveting goods belonging to others. &lt;br /&gt;
# Thinking bad of others. &lt;br /&gt;
# Disbelief (in scriptures, Dhar and in Bhagavān). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Three Pious Physical Acts:&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
# Giving charity &lt;br /&gt;
# Vow of Non-Violence (Ahimsā Vrata) &lt;br /&gt;
# Service (Sevā) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Four Verbal Pious Actions&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
# Talking sweetly and lovingly. &lt;br /&gt;
# Speaking beneficial words towards others. &lt;br /&gt;
# Speaking the truth. &lt;br /&gt;
# Studying scriptures, chanting, and listening to discourses. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Three Mental Pious Acts&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
# Being contended always &lt;br /&gt;
# Believing in the words of holy men and scriptures &lt;br /&gt;
# Control over sense organs &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many such lists of good and bad Karm are given in several other sacred Hindu texts. Below is one more list of evils and virtues: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These faults which tend to destroy the creatures. These are anger, exultation, grumbling, covetousness, perplexity, doing injury, hypocrisy, lying, gluttony, calumny, envy, lust, secret hatred, neglect to keep the senses in subjection, neglect to concentrate the mind. The eradication of these (faults) takes place through the means of (salvation called) Yog. &lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, freedom from anger, from exultation, from grumbling, from covetousness, from perplexity, from hypocrisy (and) hurtfulness; truthfulness, moderation in eating, silencing a slander, freedom from envy, self-denying liberality, avoiding to accept gifts, uprightness, affability, extinction of the passions, subjection of the senses, peace with all created beings, concentration (of the mind on the contemplation of the Âtmā), regulation of one&#039;s conduct according to that of the Âryas, peacefulness and contentedness; these (good qualities) have been settled by the agreement (of the wise) for all (the four) orders; &#039;&#039;he who, according to the precepts of the sacred law, practices these, enters the Universal soul. &#039;&#039;&#039;Āpastamba Dharmsūtra 1.8.23.4-6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:The_Law_of_Karm&amp;diff=175928</id>
		<title>Talk:Karm Mīmāmsa or the Science of Karm:The Law of Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:The_Law_of_Karm&amp;diff=175928"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T16:45:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In simple terms, the Law of Karm states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#Every action has a consequence, bringing either happiness or sorrow. Good deeds lead to joy, while harmful actions result in suffering. This is the essence of Karm, a word that signifies both action and its outcome.&lt;br /&gt;
#You harvest what you plant.&lt;br /&gt;
#What goes around comes around.&lt;br /&gt;
#You receive in proportion to what you give.&lt;br /&gt;
#Life is like a mirror, what you reflect into the world is what you see reflected back at you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This universal law reminds us that our choices shape our experiences. We often see that our actions do not bear fruit in our entire lifetime. Therefore, Hindu Dharm considers Rebirth upon death as a natural corollary or a complement to the Law of Karm. Hindu scriptures declare:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who is the doer of a karm, is also the enjoyer of the consequences of whatever he has done. Yajurveda, &#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Virtuous karm (puṇya) leads to a virtuous world, and evil acts to a sinful world. Both of them (i.e., a mixture) lead to the world of men (i.e., to a human birth). Atharvaveda, &#039;&#039;&#039;Praśna Upaniṣad 3.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who performs binding karms with his current body has to reap their results in a future birth. Just as one can infer the seed from its fruit, and the fruit from the seed. Caraka Saṃhitā, &#039;&#039;&#039;Sūtrasthāna 11.31&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Performance of virtuous karm begets happiness, and of evil karm begets sorrow. In all cases, it is only one’s karm that brings forth results. Karm that has not been performed does not beget any fruit. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 13.6.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who practices Adharm, whose wealth is earned through falsehoods and who is ever engaged in violence against others will never attain happiness in this world. &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmṛti 4.170&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;As you sow, so you will reap. Never does a mango tree grow out from a neem seed. &#039;&#039;&#039;Brahma Purāṇa 136.20&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern parlance, the Law of Karm and its relationship to the doctrine of Rebirth can be summarized in the following words:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“Every human action has consequences, and within the action both motive and act pronounce consequences that must be paid for or rewarded depending on their moral worth. &lt;br /&gt;
Thus, if I help the older person to cross the street, I accumulate merit in the form of good karm. And if I were to have the heart attack and die after the completion of this good act, and if justice is to be done in the universe, then I must be rewarded. But if I am dead, then the reward must be done in my next life. If I am not rewarded in my next life, then the universe is not a just place. But it is a just place. Therefore, the reward must be done in my next life, I must be brought to suffer [= enjoy] the reward.”&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“…..the law of karm describes or governs (depending on how one views the epistemological status of the law) how certain qualities of consequences, affecting the agent, arise from moral actions and how and to what degree they affect the agent in the current and subsequent lives. The qualities of the consequences are moral-resultant qualities, such as possessed merit and demerit, created dispositions or tendencies to desire, and character, as well as the pleasure and pain they eventually produce.”&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Reichenbach, Bruce R. &#039;&#039;The Law of Karm: A Philosophical Study&#039;&#039;. University of Hawaii Press, 1990.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Story of Śveta illustrates a lesson on Karm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, Ṛṣi Agastya was doing Yog on a lake. Suddenly, he saw a shining chariot come down from the sky. From that chariot, a king came down, and he started eating garbage on the bank of the lake! Ṛṣi Agastya was very surprised. He asked the king, “You live in heaven. You can get all kinds of tasty food there. Then why are you coming to earth to eat garbage?” King Śveta replied, “When I was a king on this earth, I did a lot of charity. I gave clothes. I gave toys. But I never gave any food to anyone. I loved to eat food. I wanted all the food for myself. When I died, Bhagavān Brahmā took me to heaven because I had done a lot of charity. But Bhagavān said that I would not get anything to eat because I never gave any food in charity and finished all the delicious things to eat without sharing them. Bhagavān Brahmā also said that as punishment, I will get to eat only garbage. Therefore, when I am hungry, I have to come back to the earth, and there I have to eat garbage.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The king then said to the Ṛṣi  “Ṛṣi Agastya, I have realized my mistake now. I have understood that we should not be stingy in sharing anything that we have with others. We should share with others whatever is dear to us. Please convey my message to everyone that whatever we share with others, the same things alone will be given to us after we die. If we do not share any particular thing with others, that very thing will not be given to us in the future.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:A shining chariot of king.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Agastya blessed him for the wonderful teaching. With his powers, he freed the king of his curse. The king then ate the garbage for the last time, and then flew back to heaven in his chariot. This story teaches us that whatever we don’t share with others, that very thing will be taken from us later.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:Definition_and_Modes_of_Karm&amp;diff=175927</id>
		<title>Talk:Karm Mīmāmsa or the Science of Karm:Definition and Modes of Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Karm_M%C4%ABm%C4%81msa_or_the_Science_of_Karm:Definition_and_Modes_of_Karm&amp;diff=175927"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T15:43:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Karm, derived from the root ‘kṛ’ means action, which is physical, mental, and verbal. The concept of Karm includes the intent behind it and also the result or the fruit of Karm. Some actions are not performed with a beneficial or a goal in mind (‘Pravṛtta Karm’). According to Kṛṣṇa, they do not constitute Karm because they do not contribute to rebirth in another body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Karm is that creative force which brings into existence the great variety of beings. &#039;&#039;&#039;Gītā 8.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[Existence of a great variety of beings (bhūtabhāvodbhavakaro): Due to ignorance, all perform karm with a desire for their fruit, with attachments, and under the sense that ‘I am the doer’. As a result of the karm that they discharge (visarga) bear fruit in the form of repeated births, joys and sorrows, and other results.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Karm binds and enables one to obtain another body. It is due to mighty karm alone that one transmigrates from one body to another. &#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.210.45&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Karm means the continuous activity of the sense organs, the organs of action, the fourfold mind, and the vital forces (prāṇas) that bring about a change in their state.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Aranya, Swami Hariharananda. &#039;&#039;Yoga Philosophy of Patanjali with Bhasvati&#039;&#039;. University of Calcutta, 2000.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smell, taste, form, sound, touch as the fifth, mental functioning, and functioning of the intellect, these are the seven instrumental causes of karms. &#039;&#039;&#039;Anugītā 10.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Vaiśeṣika Darśana, Karm is defined in a somewhat different manner:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Upward motion, downward motion, expansion, contraction, and movement (from one place to another) are the five kinds of Karm. &#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiśeṣika Sūtra 1.1.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference in this definition is that Vaiśeṣika Darśana is not restricted to human actions. Therefore, this peculiar definition tries to encompass the activity of all natural entities in addition to human Karm. This text does, however, deal with human actions specifically too and explains that the main driver of Karm is the ātmā. When this ātmā connects with the mind and other organs and performs Karm, the results are experienced in the form of pain and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Joy and sorrow result when the ātmā, the sense organs, the objects of senses, and the mind are connected. &#039;&#039;&#039;Vaiśeṣika Sūtra 5.2.15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We perform Karm not merely with our hands, but in many different ways. Therefore, Karm can be classified according to the organs of our body involved in doing them into three categories:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kāyika Karm:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actions that are performed by our organs of action, i.e., hands, legs/feet, reproductive organs, etc., or any other part of the body. Facial expressions are also included.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mānasika Karm:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actions performed through our thoughts. E.g., thinking good or bad things. Even dreams are included in this category.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Varuṇa, it is not solely my will that is responsible for my sins. Liquor, anger, gambling, and thoughtlessness all contribute to them. Even the elder leads one astray. A dream is sometimes sufficient to seduce a man. &#039;&#039;&#039;Ṛgveda 7.86.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vācika Karm:&#039;&#039;&#039; Actions performed through speech or communication. The tongue is not the only organ involved in our speech. Many other organs, like the vocal cords, the diaphragm, etc., are involved. Moreover, a lot of our communication is non-verbal, like a mean look at someone, turning red with anger, etc. These types of communication are also included in this type of Karm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is no strict division between these three types of Karm, and the classification is purely according to how they appear to others. For example, a person first thinks that he will give charity. Then, he does it physically by donating clothes to poor people. So here, the Karm is Kāyika Karm, although the mind is involved in making the decision. But till the person does not give any clothing in charity and merely resolves mentally to do it, his karm is &#039;&#039;&#039;Mānasika Karm.&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the Manusmṛti, there are different ways in which these different types of Karm yield their respective results &#039;&#039;One suffers the fruit of mental sins mentally, of verbal sins verbally, and of physical sins in one’s body. &#039;&#039;&#039;Manusmṛti 12.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Screenshot_2025-02-16_150131.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Basic_Precepts_of_the_Hindu_Principle_of_Karm&amp;diff=175926</id>
		<title>Talk:Basic Precepts of the Hindu Principle of Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Basic_Precepts_of_the_Hindu_Principle_of_Karm&amp;diff=175926"/>
		<updated>2026-06-01T14:54:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Law of Karm is a fundamental and core doctrine of. Its basic tenets, with a focus&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;In some heretical views found in ancient India, the Law of Karm was not accepted. Alternate theories were that everything in this world was random (yadṛchhā), or it followed a natural progression (svabhāva), or time (kāla) was responsible for all changes, or that our experiences were simply due to fate (niyati). In other words, there was no cause-and-effect relationship between what we do and what we experience later. Yājnavalkya Smriti 1.350.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Walli, Koshelya. &#039;&#039;Theory of Karman in Indian Thought.&#039;&#039; Bharata Manisha, 1977, Varanasi.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Buddhist and Jain traditions overlap considerably with beliefs about the Law of Karm. The former also have elaborate classifications of different types of karm, their psychological effects, and so on. They have a greater breadth and are more comprehensive overall, even though they might not have the same depth as the other Dharmic traditions in some overlapping areas.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; may be summarized below based on Śāstra, traditions, and beliefs -  &lt;br /&gt;
#We reap what we sow. Good action begets joy; bad begets sorrow. To be happy in the long run, we should perform good deeds and avoid bad ones. &lt;br /&gt;
#We are responsible for our own choices, and therefore, we own the consequences of the choices that we make in life. &lt;br /&gt;
#What we call fate or luck is the result of our past actions. &lt;br /&gt;
#The Divine is a witness to all our deeds. He is fair, impartial, and all-knowing. The Divine implements the Law of Karm. He gives us the just fruit of our actions. &lt;br /&gt;
#There is a time lag between the time an action is done and the time we reap its results. &lt;br /&gt;
#Rebirth after death is a natural consequence of the Law of Karm. We are not able to reap the fruit of all our actions in this life. One of the reasons why we are reborn is to reap the fruit of the balanced actions. &lt;br /&gt;
#Our past and present actions influence the state we are reborn into, our life span, and the joys and sorrows that we experience. They also influence our basic character, tendencies, preferences, inherent abilities or disabilities, likes, and dislikes. Therefore, we must make the right choices at every moment to improve our prospects. &lt;br /&gt;
#The results of our prior actions can be supportive of, neutral to, or opposed to our present efforts. One of the two (results of our prior actions or our present efforts) can dominate and determine the results of our present actions. Fatalism is unacceptable because the Principle of Karm is empowering and makes us take responsibility for our actions. &lt;br /&gt;
#The cycle of actions-results-actions is beginning-less and is due to the beginning-less false knowledge that envelopes individual ātmā-s. &lt;br /&gt;
#Every action is finite in scope and impact. Therefore, no action can lead to an infinite result like eternal heaven or hell&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Hammerman, David, and Lisa Lenard. &#039;&#039;The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Reincarnation&#039;&#039;. Alpha Books, 2000, p. 316.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
#Both good and bad actions are bonds that tie us to the cycle of births and deaths. We need to transcend Karm and its fruit by following one or more of the spiritual paths taught in the Śāstras. &lt;br /&gt;
#Repeated performance of virtuous deeds makes one fit to transcend Karm and make progress on the path(s) leading towards Moksha. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:The Science of Karma]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175426</id>
		<title>Talk:Colonial Discourse and the Suffering of Indian American Children</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175426"/>
		<updated>2026-04-17T14:50:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: /* Book Reviews in Popular Media */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-57627-0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==University Presentations==&lt;br /&gt;
# Central Sanskrit University, Prayagraj&lt;br /&gt;
# BHU, Varanasi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recorded Interviews==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWs8XYB7aC8&amp;amp;t=3s COHNA talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/OYJ4RDi1H1A?feature=shared Prashant Parikh talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtube.com/watch?v=dsM3EA2umIU&amp;amp;si=azxj0Jx7njNMj3t6 PGurus]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/3KPBoPHCgHc Brihat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I8t5m5SZfzA The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ac6Fkj9hHk Sanatana is Way Forward for Bharat at The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Book Reviews in Popular Media==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://swarajyamag.com/topic/Colonial%20Discourse%20and%20the%20Suffering%20of%20Indian%20American%20Children Swarajya]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.brhat.in/dhiti/colonialdiscourse Brhat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://theprint.in/opinion/mill-macaulay-marx-hinduphobia/2894160/ The Print]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.hinduismtoday.com/hpi/2024/05/15/groundbreaking-book-exposes-suffering-of-indian-children-in-american-education-system/ HPI Press Release]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175425</id>
		<title>Talk:Colonial Discourse and the Suffering of Indian American Children</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Colonial_Discourse_and_the_Suffering_of_Indian_American_Children&amp;diff=175425"/>
		<updated>2026-04-17T14:50:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: /* Book Reviews in Popular Media */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-031-57627-0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==University Presentations==&lt;br /&gt;
# Central Sanskrit University, Prayagraj&lt;br /&gt;
# BHU, Varanasi&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Recorded Interviews==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NWs8XYB7aC8&amp;amp;t=3s COHNA talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/OYJ4RDi1H1A?feature=shared Prashant Parikh talk]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtube.com/watch?v=dsM3EA2umIU&amp;amp;si=azxj0Jx7njNMj3t6 PGurus]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://youtu.be/3KPBoPHCgHc Brihat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I8t5m5SZfzA The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
#[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4ac6Fkj9hHk Sanatana is Way Forward for Bharat at The Jaipur Dialogues]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Book Reviews in Popular Media==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://swarajyamag.com/topic/Colonial%20Discourse%20and%20the%20Suffering%20of%20Indian%20American%20Children Swarajya]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.brhat.in/dhiti/colonialdiscourse Brhat]&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://theprint.in/opinion/mill-macaulay-marx-hinduphobia/2894160/]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Misc==&lt;br /&gt;
# [https://www.hinduismtoday.com/hpi/2024/05/15/groundbreaking-book-exposes-suffering-of-indian-children-in-american-education-system/ HPI Press Release]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Prayer_for_the_Departed_Yog%C4%AB_and_All_Humanity&amp;diff=175161</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Prayer for the Departed Yogī and All Humanity</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Prayer_for_the_Departed_Yog%C4%AB_and_All_Humanity&amp;diff=175161"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T12:10:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The final mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad envisions Brahman as the Light of the universe, replete with spiritual treasures, wisdom, and bliss. It is a prayer addressed to the Lord as the Cosmic Fire and Light, the knower of all actions and intentions, beseeching Him to grant mokṣa.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;अग्ने नय सुपथा राये अस्मान् विश्वानि देव वयुनानि...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The final mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad envisions Brahman as the Light of the universe, replete with spiritual treasures, wisdom, and bliss. It is a prayer addressed to the Lord as the Cosmic Fire and Light, the knower of all actions and intentions, beseeching Him to grant mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अग्ने नय सुपथा राये अस्मान् विश्वानि देव वयुनानि विद्वान् ।  &lt;br /&gt;
युयोध्यस्मज्जुहुराणमेनो भूयिष्ठां ते नमउक्तिं विधेम ॥ १८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Agni, lead us along the auspicious path to spiritual wealth. O Deva, You who know all deeds and intentions, remove from within us all crooked evils completely. To You we offer our salutations again and again.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra is numbered as verse 16 in the Mādhyandina recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of death, the yogī is no longer capable of performing elaborate ritual worship due to physical weakness. Nevertheless, his vision expands beyond himself, and he prays for the welfare of all beings. Addressing the Divine as Agni, the Light and Consciousness that pervades the universe and knows all actions, he seeks the removal of evil tendencies from all and the bestowal of the supreme treasure of spiritual wisdom. His prayer is not limited to personal liberation but extends to the liberation of all humanity, asking the Lord to guide everyone upon the path leading to mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra occurs in several other Vedic contexts, including the Ṛgveda, where the word raye denotes material wealth and Agni refers to the sacrificial fire in the yajña altar. In the context of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, however, both terms are elevated in meaning. Raye signifies spiritual wealth or liberating wisdom, while Agni represents Brahman itself as the illuminating principle of consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brief discussion of the differing sequence and wording of the concluding mantras in the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina recensions is necessary here. In the Mādhyandina Yajurveda tradition, the concluding section consists of three mantras, numbered 15 to 17. In this recension, the dying yogī first fixes his mind on Om and prays for liberation in mantra 15. He then prays for the welfare of all beings and for liberation in mantra 16. Finally, in mantra 17, he relinquishes all attachments and merges his identity with the infinite Brahman through meditation on Om. The movement here proceeds from the external world toward the innermost realization, and the only divinity addressed is Brahman, manifested as Agni.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Kāṇva recension, the concluding section consists of four mantras, numbered 15 to 18. Brahman is not named explicitly, although Om is invoked, and various epithets of Sūrya such as Pūṣan and Yama appear, which function as distinct deities in other Vedic contexts. The progression in this recension moves from the yogī’s inner realization outward toward cosmic manifestation, offering a more detailed description of the stages of death and liberation. The fifteenth mantra is a self reflection of the sage, urging concentration upon Brahman without distraction. The sixteenth mantra describes the yogī’s immediate ascent toward Truth after death. The seventeenth mantra corresponds to the stage of life review, in which the dying yogī severs all remaining attachments and aligns himself with Om. The final, eighteenth mantra is a prayer offered at cremation for the welfare of all humanity, urging all beings to orient themselves toward Brahman as the yogī has done.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These four mantras of the Kāṇva recension also occur in &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.15.1 to 5.15.4. In the Mādhyandina Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa 14.8.3, the three concluding mantras of the Mādhyandina version of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad appear verbatim. Together, these traditions present a comprehensive and profound account of the death and final ascent of the jīvanmukta yogī into complete mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The narratives that follow illustrate how enlightened individuals desire the welfare of all beings, without regard to birth, social status, gender, or moral history. Their outlook mirrors the universal prayer of the Ṛṣi expressed in the final mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;King Vipaścit Forsakes Heaven for the Sake of the Fallen&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
King Vipaścit was a just and capable ruler who regarded all his subjects as his own children. He ensured that his kingdom was free from thieves, murderers, and deceivers, and that virtuous people lived without fear or harassment. Through his righteous governance and personal virtue, he accumulated great merit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Upon his death, King Vipaścit attained heaven as a result of his meritorious actions. However, according to Hindu tradition, kings are also accountable for the misdeeds committed by their subjects, at least to some degree. For this reason, Indra, the ruler of heaven, requested King Vipaścit to accompany him briefly to hell in order to witness the consequences borne by those who had committed grave wrongs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they traversed hell, the king and Indra heard the anguished cries of beings undergoing severe torments as a result of their past actions. When they were about to depart, a voice called out to King Vipaścit from within a blazing fire. The suffering being said that while alive in the king’s realm, he had experienced nothing but kindness and protection. Though he acknowledged his own wrongdoing, he begged the king not to leave, explaining that the mere presence of the compassionate ruler made his torment slightly more bearable. Another voice echoed from elsewhere, declaring that although the king might not remember him, his presence eased the pain inflicted upon his body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Deeply moved, King Vipaścit turned to Indra and declared that his residence in heaven was meaningless if he could not alleviate the suffering of his former subjects. He affirmed that compassion and love surpassed all heavenly pleasures and expressed his willingness to remain in hell if his presence could reduce the agony of even a single being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra objected, explaining that each being must inevitably experience the results of his or her own actions. Since the residents of hell had committed evil deeds, they were destined to suffer there, whereas King Vipaścit, by virtue of his righteous conduct, deserved to remain in heaven.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The king replied that he had never performed virtuous actions with the intention of attaining heaven. He questioned the value of good karma if it failed to cultivate compassion within the heart. He declared his wish to donate the entire fruit of his good karma to the suffering beings in hell, so that they might be reborn on earth and receive another opportunity to pursue righteous living, or at least experience a reduction in their suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra responded that the act of charity itself constituted additional good karma, which would further entitle the king to prolonged residence in heaven. Undeterred, King Vipaścit declared that he wished to relinquish not only the merit he had accumulated in the past but also any merit he might acquire in the future. He affirmed that he had no desire for heaven at all and sought only the happiness of all beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, Bhagavān Viṣṇu appeared before them, seated upon Garuḍa. Addressing the king, He declared that one who is entirely free from desire for the fruits of action, even the attainment of heaven, becomes worthy of mokṣa. He then granted King Vipaścit everlasting liberation, drawing him into His divine presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result of this divine grace, King Vipaścit attained mokṣa and resided eternally in the company of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. The merit generated by his virtuous deeds was distributed among the suffering beings in hell, thereby shortening their period of torment and enabling their rebirth upon the earth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Rāmānujācārya Risks Hell for the Sake of Others&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Rāmānujācārya was a great Hindu saint who lived in South India between 1017 and 1137 CE. On one occasion, he learned that a revered teacher named Goṣṭhipūrṇa possessed the knowledge of a powerful sacred mantra, the recitation of which could truly please Bhagavān Viṣṇu and grant liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrī Rāmānuja approached the teacher with humility and requested instruction in this mantra. Goṣṭhipūrṇa agreed, but only on the strict condition that the mantra must be kept secret and never revealed to others. Śrī Rāmānuja accepted this condition without hesitation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teacher then initiated him into the sacred Vaiṣṇava mantra &#039;&#039;Om Namo Nārāyaṇāya&#039;&#039;. However, after reflecting deeply, Rāmānuja concluded that a mantra capable of granting liberation should not be withheld from humanity. Ascending to the upper level of the temple at Tirukkoṭṭiyūr in present day Tamil Nadu, he gathered the assembled devotees and proclaimed the mantra openly so that all might benefit from it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Goṣṭhipūrṇa learned of this act, he was greatly angered and reprimanded Rāmānuja for violating his explicit instruction. He warned him that such disobedience would surely result in his condemnation to hell. Rāmānuja responded calmly that if his own descent into hell could secure liberation for countless others, he would willingly accept that fate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These words profoundly moved his teacher. Goṣṭhipūrṇa was brought to tears, embraced Rāmānuja, and declared that his disciple alone had truly grasped the inner meaning and compassionate intent of the sacred mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Compassion in the Lineage of Śrī Rāmānuja&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the spiritual lineage established by Śrī Rāmānuja, another eminent saint named Piḷḷai Lokācārya was born approximately a century later, between 1205 and 1311 CE. Such was his compassion and spiritual attainment that Bhagavān Viṣṇu is said to have blessed him with the assurance that all who associated with him would attain liberation along with him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Piḷḷai Lokācārya’s compassion extended to all living beings without exception. It is said that he would gently touch even ants with loving awareness and gaze upon plants for long periods, believing that such contact and attention might aid even these forms of life in progressing toward Bhagavān Viṣṇu. His life stands as a testament to the ideal of universal compassion and selfless concern for the spiritual welfare of all beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Life_Review_and_Remembrance_of_Brahman&amp;diff=175160</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Life Review and Remembrance of Brahman</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Life_Review_and_Remembrance_of_Brahman&amp;diff=175160"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T11:57:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  This mantra is traditionally recited in the final moments of life to remind the aspirant that the physical body is temporary and perishable, whereas the ātmā is eternal and constitutes one’s true identity.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;वायुरनिलममृतमथेदं भस्मान्तं शरीरम् ।&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;ॐ क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर क्रतो स्मर कृतं...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra is traditionally recited in the final moments of life to remind the aspirant that the physical body is temporary and perishable, whereas the ātmā is eternal and constitutes one’s true identity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वायुरनिलममृतमथेदं भस्मान्तं शरीरम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर ॥ १७ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;May my vital airs merge into the immortal and all pervading Breath of the Lord. Then may this body end in ashes. O mind, remember Om, remember my past deeds. O mind, remember Om, remember my past deeds.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The repetition of phrases in this mantra reflects intensity of aspiration, earnestness, and unwavering faith.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension, this mantra is numbered as verse 15, and the latter half shows a slight variation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वायुरनिलममृतमथेदं भस्मान्तं शरीरम् ।  &lt;br /&gt;
ॐ क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर क्रतो स्मर कृतं स्मर ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;May my vital airs merge into the immortal and all pervading Breath of the Lord. Then may this body end in ashes. O mind, remember Om, remember your inherent capacity to attain Brahman. O mind, remember Om, remember my deeds.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 40.15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the yogī approaches the moment of death, he naturally undergoes a process often described as a review of life, wherein past actions, intentions, and the underlying saṃkalpas associated with them arise in awareness. Unlike an ordinary person, the yogī is not disturbed by this process. He is neither bewildered by the rapid physiological changes nor distracted by the discomforts that may accompany dying.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instead, his mind remains firmly absorbed in Om, the śabda Brahman, the sonic manifestation of Brahman. This absorption is effortless, for Brahman has been the constant object of contemplation throughout his embodied life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case of an ordinary individual, the vital airs, mind, and subtle senses envelop the ātmā and together constitute the subtle body that transmigrates to assume another physical form. In contrast, for the realized yogī, the subtle body itself dissolves. The prāṇas, mind, and subtle faculties disintegrate and merge into the cosmic order, leaving the ātmā completely free and united with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra, spoken in the first person, thus reflects the inner meditation of the yogī who progresses from the state of jīvanmukta to that of a mukta, one who has attained complete mokṣa and is no longer subject to rebirth. Having lived his entire life as a continuous yajña or kratu offered to the Divine, his cremation becomes the final oblation, wherein the body itself is offered into Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes on Life Review, Departure of the Jīvātmā, and Final Remembrance&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A dying person often experiences hallucinations or unusual phenomena and gradually loses the capacity to hear and see before complete unconsciousness sets in. During this process, memories begin to withdraw from the conscious mind or manas and recede into the subconscious mind or citta. The dying individual may experience this withdrawal as a panoramic life review. In cases of sudden death, such as beheading, this transfer of memories may remain incomplete, due to which the individual, upon rebirth, may retain a stronger recollection of a previous life. In more gradual deaths caused by old age or illness, the life review may unfold over a few minutes or even seconds. This phenomenon is especially reported in situations such as drowning, where death occurs over a brief but perceptible interval.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While this process is unfolding, the impressions or residues known as saṃskāras, generated by the karmas performed during life, become firmly embedded in the mind. The subtle mind, which is distinct from the physical brain, then ceases its independent functioning and merges with the vital energies or prāṇas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is described in the scriptural statement that the mind reaches the prāṇas at the time of departure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When a person departs from here, the mind reaches the prāṇa.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Chāndogya Upaniṣad 6.8.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A corresponding teaching is also indicated in the Brahmasūtra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The mind follows the prāṇa.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahmasūtra 4.2.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad under discussion alludes to this process of life review, with the crucial distinction that in the case of the yogī, the final thoughts are exclusively centered on Brahman, which alone had occupied his awareness throughout his embodied life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, the last thoughts of a dying individual, shaped by his vāsanās, provide an indication of the nature of his subsequent existence. These thoughts determine the channel or nāḍī through which the jīvātmā, enclosed within the subtle body or puryaṣṭaka, exits the heart, as well as the aperture through which it departs from the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This process is vividly described in the Upaniṣads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The front portion of the heart becomes luminous. By that luminosity the jīvātmā departs, whether through the eye, or through the crown of the head, or through other parts of the body. Following that outgoing vital force, all the organs depart. The jīvātmā becomes conscious and departs in the light of that consciousness. Knowledge and action, along with the awareness of past karmic residues, accompany him.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, the final thoughts that arise in the mind at the moment of death are not random or accidental. They are determined by the dominant orientation of one’s life, including habitual interests, temperament, actions, and depth of spiritual understanding. As explained in traditional teachings, the direction taken by the udāna prāṇa at death is shaped by these concluding thoughts, which in turn generate the conditions and trajectory of rebirth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This principle is poetically expressed by the medieval saint Jñāneśvar.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The longings that a person feels while alive, which remain fixed in his heart, arise in the mind at the moment of death.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Comparative Perspectives on Death, Final Thought, and Rebirth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Buddhist tradition also describes the same process of dying and final cognition in greater detail. The Buddha compared the last moments of thought to a herd of cows confined within a barn.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When the barn door is opened, the strongest cow goes out first. If no cow is particularly strong, then the habitual leader goes out first. If no such cow exists, the one nearest to the door goes out first. If none of these conditions apply, all attempt to exit together.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Buddhist texts further emphasize that death is not an instantaneous event but a gradual process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Dying does not occur at a precise moment in time. It is not a clear cut event but a process. The Tibetan Book of the Dead maps the experiences encountered at the time of death and indicates the signposts leading to different realms. At death, as in dreams, one inhabits a world composed of mental images. These realms are creations of the mind. One whose spirit has cultivated dispassion recognizes these experiences as manifestations of consciousness itself and is able to pass through them with clarity and composure.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bhagavad Gītā expresses a closely related doctrine regarding the importance of the final thoughts at the time of death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;For whatever object a person thinks of at the final moment, when he leaves the body, that alone does he attain, O son of Kuntī, being constantly absorbed in that thought.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Therefore, at all times remember Me and perform your duty. With mind and understanding absorbed in Me, you shall surely attain Me.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These verses are often popularly interpreted to mean that merely remembering the Divine at the final moment enables even a deeply immoral individual to attain mokṣa. This reading, however, is inconsistent with the traditional understanding of the Gītā. Death is a process rather than an instantaneous event, and the mind undergoes a comprehensive life review in which the dominant tendencies cultivated throughout life surface naturally. It is these deeply ingrained dispositions that manifest as the final thoughts, not an arbitrary or momentary act of will.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, the second verse explicitly emphasizes constant remembrance of the Divine throughout life, not remembrance limited to the final moment. This teaching accounts for situations such as instantaneous death, where habitual remembrance alone determines the final cognition. This interpretation is consistently upheld by the classical commentators, even though popular readings often overlook this nuance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The process of yogic death is discussed briefly in the eighth chapter of the Bhagavad Gītā and is elaborated further in yogic and tantric texts such as the Dharmaputrikāsaṃhitā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the discussion of the previous mantra, the life of Ramana Maharṣi was cited as an example of a realized sage who used his terminal illness to instruct his disciples on the impermanence of the body and the primacy of the ātmā. In accordance with the teaching of the present mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, saints transcend identification with the physical body or dehavāsanā by firmly abiding in the awareness of the ātmā alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Dadhīci, whose attainment of mokṣa was discussed earlier, provides another profound illustration. Having completely overcome attachment to the body, he willingly embraced physical death for the welfare of creation, without hesitation or fear, exemplifying the highest ideal of self transcendence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Saints Who Accepted Death as a Divine Gift&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Swami Ramakrishna Paramahaṃsa (1836–1886 CE) Accepts His Death as a Gift of Mother Kālī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swami Ramakrishna Paramahaṃsa was one of the greatest devotees of Mother Kālī. He related to Kālī as his own living mother. He visited Her temples, sang before Her mūrti, spoke to Her, and wept in Her presence with the simplicity and intimacy of a child before his mother.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the later years of his life, Ramakrishna Paramahaṃsa fell gravely ill. Physicians diagnosed him with throat cancer and declared that his life would not last long. His disciples and admirers were deeply distressed. Unable to reconcile the impending death of such a saint, they pleaded with him, saying that since Kālī was his divine mother, he should ask Her to cure his illness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ramakrishna initially refused, stating that he did not wish to ask Mother Kālī for anything. However, under repeated insistence, he finally agreed to pray. The following day, when the disciples eagerly asked whether he had prayed for healing, Ramakrishna replied that he had indeed prayed to Mother Kālī. He then narrated Her response.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Why do you ask Me for such a trivial thing. Your body will perish one day in any case. Ask for something of greater value.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ashamed, Ramakrishna said that he then prayed that he might always remain at Her feet and never lose his devotion to Her. When the disciples heard this, they wept. They realized that their Guru would soon leave his body, yet they also felt blessed to witness a saint who valued bhakti to Mother Kālī above his own physical existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Nirvāṇa of Maharṣi Dayānanda Sarasvatī (1824–1883 CE)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swami Dayānanda Sarasvatī was a great reformer who revived Vedic dharm throughout northern India. He challenged oppressive social practices by demonstrating their incompatibility with Vedic teachings. He travelled tirelessly, urging people to study the Vedas and abandon harmful customs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A few months before his death, he was invited by the Maharaja of Jodhpur to preach. The Swami openly criticized the Maharaja for his attachment to a dancer named Nanhijān. Fearing the loss of her livelihood, she bribed a cook to serve poisoned milk to the Swami. That very day, Swami Dayānanda fell seriously ill.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the best medical care arranged by the Maharaja, including relocation to Mount Abu and later to Ajmer under British administration, his condition worsened. His body became covered with painful sores, yet he bore his suffering with remarkable serenity and courage. Whenever asked about his condition, he replied calmly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I am in the hands of the Lord.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His composure deeply impressed physicians and onlookers alike. Overcome with remorse, the cook eventually confessed and begged forgiveness. Seeing genuine repentance, Swami Dayānanda told him that he had unknowingly caused great harm, as the Swami could have served society many more years. Nevertheless, he forgave the cook, gave him money, and urged him to flee to Nepal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Until the end, Swami Dayānanda continued to instruct his followers, emphasizing that the body is perishable, while the ātmā is eternal. On the day of Dīpāvalī in 1883, he asked that all doors and windows be opened. Lying on his side, he recited the following Vedic mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वि॒द्यानि॑ देव सवितर् दु॒रितानि॑ परा॒ सुव ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;यद् भ॒द्रं तन्न॒ आ सुव ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Lord, Creator of the universe, remove all forms of vice and sorrow from us. Grant us that which is ennobling.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Yajurveda Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 30.3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After reciting this mantra, Swami Dayānanda peacefully gave up his body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among those present was Gurudatta Vidyārthī, a young man influenced by Western education and inclined toward agnosticism. Witnessing the Swami’s serene death, the bliss on his face despite intense suffering, and his unwavering commitment to Vedic truth until the final moment, Gurudatta was profoundly transformed. He dedicated his life to the study of the Vedas and later emerged as a prominent leader of the Ārya Samāj, the movement founded by Swami Dayānanda Sarasvatī.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yogī Devrāhā Bābā Leaves the Body Voluntarily&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more recent times, the life and passing of Yogī Devrāhā Bābā is frequently cited as an illustration of conscious and voluntary departure from the physical body. On 19 June 1990, Devrāhā Bābā is said to have decided consciously to leave his body. He seated himself in deep meditation, surrounded by his disciples.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During this period of meditation, his disciples observed a striking physical phenomenon. The lower parts of his body gradually became pale and cold, while the upper portion of his body appeared red and intensely warm, resembling a high fever. This gradual physiological change was interpreted by those present as a deliberate withdrawal of vital energies from the lower regions of the body toward the head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Shortly after his passing, one of his disciples placed the sage’s head in his lap. At that moment, the skull of Devrāhā Bābā is said to have cracked spontaneously, splashing blood upon the disciple. This event was traditionally interpreted as a sign that the ātmā had exited the body through the brahmarandhra, the tenth aperture located at the crown of the head. According to yogic doctrine, departure through this aperture signifies complete liberation or mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is also widely believed that Devrāhā Bābā had lived for several centuries. Even in the decades preceding his death, many individuals claimed personal encounters with him in the early twentieth century, during which time he already appeared extremely aged. Photographic records from those decades similarly depict him as an elderly ascetic. These accounts have contributed to the widespread belief that the sage’s lifespan extended far beyond that of an ordinary human being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175159</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175159"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:54:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahman as the Infinite Source of Creation in the Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lengthy Upaniṣadic passage declares that only a portion of Brahman’s splendor illumines the sun, the moon, and other luminaries, and that upon attaining mokṣa the individual merges into Brahman, which is the ultimate source of the entire creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.1.1 explains the sacred utterance &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ खं&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; in the following words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;पूर्णस्य पूर्णमादाय पूर्णमेवावशिष्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ खं ब्रह्म खं पुराणं वायुरं खमिति ह&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;मा आह कौरव्यायणिपुत्रः । वेदोऽयं ब्रह्मविदां&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;वेदितव्यं यदिदं सर्वम् ॥ १॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Om. That Brahman is infinite. This universe too is infinite. The infinite universe arises from the infinite Brahman. Even after the infinite universe is taken from the infinite Brahman, Brahman remains infinite and complete.  &lt;br /&gt;
Om is Brahman which is space, the primeval space, the space in which the wind moves. Thus indeed spoke the son of Kauravyāyanī. This is the Veda of the knowers of Brahman. Through it one knows all that is to be known.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This passage proclaims Brahman to be infinite and eternal, using the analogy of boundless and formless space in which equally formless wind moves. In the same manner, Brahman is formless, all pervading, and contains everything within Itself. Brahman alone is the final goal of the yogī and the only reality that truly needs to be known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.5.2 reiterates that the Puruṣa dwelling in the sun, which is Brahman, is identical with the Puruṣa dwelling in the right eye, which is the jīvātmā. This teaching is presented as part of a meditative instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तस्य यमसौ स आदित्यः । य एष एतस्मिन् मण्डले पुरुषो यश्चायं दक्षिणेऽक्षन् पुरुषः । तावेतावन्योऽन्यस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितौ रश्मिभिरेषोऽस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितः प्राणैरयममुष्मिन् । स यदोऽस्मिन् शरीरात् प्रैति शुक्लमेवैतन्मण्डलं पश्यति नैनमेते रश्मयः यान्ति ॥ २॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who is that Satya is that sun. The Puruṣa who is in that solar orb and the Puruṣa who is in the right eye are established in one another. This solar being rests in the ocular being through his rays, and the ocular being rests in the solar being through the organs. When the jīvātmā is about to depart from the body, it sees the solar orb as devoid of its rays. Those rays no longer reach it.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.5.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of departure, the yogī who has constantly practiced this and similar meditations finds it easy to dissolve his individuality into Brahman. This realization corresponds to the declaration of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, “That very Puruṣa dwelling up there, I am He.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Ramana Maharṣi and Final Merging with the Infinite&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In more contemporary times, a striking illustration of this Upaniṣadic teaching is found in the life of Ramana Maharṣi, who attained mokṣa through direct realization of the Self.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ramana Maharṣi’s health began to decline in 1947. When physicians advised amputation of his arm above a cancerous tumor, the sage responded calmly and with a gentle smile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;There is no need for alarm. The body is itself a disease. Let it have its natural end. Why mutilate it? A simple dressing on the affected part will do.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further operations were nevertheless undertaken, but the tumor reappeared. Indigenous systems of medicine and homeopathy were also tried, yet the disease did not yield to treatment. Throughout this period, the sage remained supremely indifferent to bodily suffering. He sat as a witness, observing the gradual wasting of the body. His eyes shone with undiminished brilliance, and his grace flowed toward all beings. Ramana insisted that the crowds who arrived in great numbers be permitted to have his darśana.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many devotees fervently wished that the sage would heal his body through supernormal powers. Out of compassion for those distressed by his physical decline, Ramana gently reminded them of the essential truth that Bhagavān was not the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;They take the body for Bhagavān and attribute suffering to him. What a pity. They are despondent that Bhagavān is going to leave them and go away. But where can he go, and how.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The end came on April 14, 1950. That evening, Ramana Maharṣi gave darśana to all the devotees assembled at the āśrama. The devotees began singing Ramana’s hymn to Arunācala, the sacred mountain he deeply revered. He asked his attendants to help him sit upright and opened his luminous and compassionate eyes for a brief moment. A gentle smile appeared, and a tear of bliss flowed from the corner of one eye. At 8:47 PM, his breathing ceased.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that very moment, a comet was seen moving slowly across the sky. It passed over the summit of the sacred hill Arunācala and disappeared behind it, symbolically marking the sage’s final merging with the Infinite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175158</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175158"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:50:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Brahman as the Infinite Source of Creation in the Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This lengthy Upaniṣadic passage declares that only a portion of Brahman’s splendor illumines the sun, the moon, and other luminaries, and that upon attaining mokṣa the individual merges into Brahman, which is the ultimate source of the entire creation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.1.1 explains the sacred utterance **&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ खं&#039;&#039;&#039;** in the following words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;ॐ पूर्णमदः पूर्णमिदं पूर्णात् पूर्णमुदच्यते ।  &lt;br /&gt;
पूर्णस्य पूर्णमादाय पूर्णमेवावशिष्यते ।  &lt;br /&gt;
ॐ खं ब्रह्म खं पुराणं वायुरं खमिति ह  &lt;br /&gt;
मा आह कौरव्यायणिपुत्रः । वेदोऽयं ब्रह्मविदां  &lt;br /&gt;
वेदितव्यं यदिदं सर्वम् ॥ १॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Om. That Brahman is infinite. This universe too is infinite. The infinite universe arises from the infinite Brahman. Even after the infinite universe is taken from the infinite Brahman, Brahman remains infinite and complete.  &lt;br /&gt;
Om is Brahman which is space, the primeval space, the space in which the wind moves. Thus indeed spoke the son of Kauravyāyanī. This is the Veda of the knowers of Brahman. Through it one knows all that is to be known.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.1.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This passage proclaims Brahman to be infinite and eternal, using the analogy of boundless and formless space in which equally formless wind moves. In the same manner, Brahman is formless, all pervading, and contains everything within Itself. Brahman alone is the final goal of the yogī and the only reality that truly needs to be known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Finally, &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; 5.5.2 reiterates that the Puruṣa dwelling in the sun, which is Brahman, is identical with the Puruṣa dwelling in the right eye, which is the jīvātmā. This teaching is presented as part of a meditative instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तस्य यमसौ स आदित्यः । य एष एतस्मिन् मण्डले पुरुषो यश्चायं दक्षिणेऽक्षन् पुरुषः । तावेतावन्योऽन्यस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितौ रश्मिभिरेषोऽस्मिन् प्रतिष्ठितः प्राणैरयममुष्मिन् । स यदोऽस्मिन् शरीरात् प्रैति शुक्लमेवैतन्मण्डलं पश्यति नैनमेते रश्मयः यान्ति ॥ २॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who is that Satya is that sun. The Puruṣa who is in that solar orb and the Puruṣa who is in the right eye are established in one another. This solar being rests in the ocular being through his rays, and the ocular being rests in the solar being through the organs. When the jīvātmā is about to depart from the body, it sees the solar orb as devoid of its rays. Those rays no longer reach it.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 5.5.2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the time of departure, the yogī who has constantly practiced this and similar meditations finds it easy to dissolve his individuality into Brahman. This realization corresponds to the declaration of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, “That very Puruṣa dwelling up there, I am He.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175157</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175157"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:48:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175156</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mok%E1%B9%A3a_of_a_Yog%C4%AB_at_His_Physical_Death&amp;diff=175156"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T08:47:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mokṣa of a Yogī at His Physical Death (Mantras 15–16)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The textual order and wording of the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad differ between the Kāṇva and Mādhyandina Śākhās. According to the Sarvānukramaṇī of the Śukla Yajurveda, belonging to the Mādhyandina Śākhā and traditionally attributed to Muni Kātyāyana, the final three mantras describe the last moments of a Yogī who attains mokṣa at the time of the physical body&#039;s dissolution. By analogy and in accordance with classical commentaries, the same interpretation applies to the final four mantras of the Kāṇva recension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These mantras describe the stages of death as experienced by a spiritually enlightened Yogī. In contrast to the ordinary person, whose death leads to rebirth, the Yogī undergoes his final death and merges into Brahman, which is of the nature of light, truth, and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 15==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय दृष्टये ॥ १५ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden vessel. O Pūṣan, remove that covering, so that I, devoted to Truth, may behold it.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mantra 16==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**पूषन्नेकर्षे यम सूर्य प्राजापत्य व्यूह रश्मीन् समूह तेजः ।&lt;br /&gt;
यत्ते रूपं कल्याणतमं तत्ते पश्यामि योऽसावसौ पुरुषः सोऽहमस्मि ॥ १६ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;O Pūṣan, the sole Seer, Yama, Sun, offspring of Prajāpati, withdraw your rays and gather your brilliance, so that I may behold your most auspicious form. That Puruṣa who dwells there, I indeed am He.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Mādhyandina Recension==&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina Śākhā, the final mantra combines the first half of Mantra 15 with the concluding quarter of Mantra 16 from the Kāṇva recension. The remaining portions do not appear in this version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम् ।&lt;br /&gt;
योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम् । ओम् खं ब्रह्म ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Translation==&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The face of Truth is covered by a golden disc. That Puruṣa who abides in the Sun, that indeed am I. Oṃ. All-pervading space, the Supreme Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad Mādhyandina Saṃhitā 17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Purport==&lt;br /&gt;
The ordinary human being remains bound by the splendour and attractions of the material world. Its brightness and diversity distract the mind away from Brahman and conceal the face of ultimate Truth. These worldly objects and their enjoyments are not truly real, for they are finite, perishable, and inevitably mixed with sorrow. For such a person, the radiance of the world acts as a veil over Truth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Yogī, however, is steadfastly devoted to Brahman alone. Even at the moment of death, he is neither bewildered nor fearful. His awareness remains fixed upon his final goal. He meditates upon the Supreme as his sole nourisher, guide, and controller. He prays that the brilliance of the solar realm may withdraw, allowing his ātmā to pass beyond it and reach the Puruṣa who transcends even the luminous sphere of the Sun.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many Upaniṣads affirm that one who perceives himself as separate from Brahman does not attain mokṣa. Liberation belongs only to one who dissolves all sense of separateness and fully identifies with Brahman. For this reason, the enlightened Yogī declares, not as a verbal assertion but as immediate realization, that he is that very Puruṣa who abides within the Sun. Through this complete identity with Brahman, the Yogī attains mokṣa and enters eternal light and bliss.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expression &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is traditionally known as the Haṃsa Mantra, the mantra of the white swan, in Vedic and Yogic literature. It is strongly recommended for regular contemplation and recitation in order to reinforce the experiential identity of the individual self with Brahman. When &#039;&#039;सोऽहम्&#039;&#039; is repeated continuously as &#039;&#039;सोऽहम् सोऽहम् सोऽहम्&#039;&#039;, it naturally sounds like **हंसो हंसो हंसो**, which explains the appellation Haṃsa Mantra. The white swan symbolizes the Ātmā, purity, and the faculty of discernment by which the eternal is separated from the non-eternal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mādhyandina recension of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the final three mantras are addressed to Agni, whereas in the Kāṇva recension, Mantras 15 and 16 are addressed to Pūṣan and the concluding mantras to Agni. Both Agni and Pūṣan function as guides on the path to mokṣa. Even in the case of an ordinary individual, prayers are offered to Agni at the time of cremation, requesting the Deva to guide the departing Jīvātmā towards a favourable future state.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the Jīvātmā departs from the physical body at death, it may follow different pathways depending upon its karm, desires, and degree of spiritual realization. The Bhagavad Gītā classifies these trajectories into two principal paths.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Fire, light, day, the bright fortnight, the six months of the northern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī who knows Brahman attains Brahman.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.24&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Smoke, night, the dark fortnight, the six months of the southern course of the sun; departing then, the yogī reaches the lunar light and returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.25&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These two paths, the bright and the dark, are considered eternal in this world. By the former one does not return, by the latter one returns again.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 8.26&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the concluding mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad, the Yogī is described as following the first of these two paths, the path of light, which leads to mokṣa, whereas the second path culminates in rebirth. This explains the recurring imagery of light, the sun, and guidance by luminous deities in these verses.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 15 and the central portion of Mantra 17 of the Mādhyandina recension are cited in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 6.36 with a slight variation. The broader context of that passage further clarifies the intent of these mantras, namely the final ascent of the enlightened Yogī along the luminous path culminating in union with Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Box&lt;br /&gt;
|title=&#039;&#039;&#039;Selected Vedic and Upaniṣadic Passages with Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|content=&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! Devanāgarī Text&lt;br /&gt;
! English Translation&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमोऽग्नये पृथिव्यां यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Agni who dwells in the earth, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो वायवेऽन्तरिक्षे यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Vāyu who dwells in the atmosphere, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो आदित्याय दिव यजमानाय धेहि ते लोकममृते लोकमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Āditya who dwells in the heaven, who remembers the world. Bestow the world on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नमो ब्रह्मणे सर्वत्र यजमानाय धेहि ते सर्वममृते सर्वमस्मै&lt;br /&gt;
| Adoration to Brahmā, who dwells in all, who remembers all. Bestow all on this worshipper.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| हिरण्मयेन पात्रेण सत्यस्यापिहितं मुखम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The face of truth is covered with a golden container or covering.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तत्त्वं पूषन्नपावृणु सत्यधर्माय विष्णवे&lt;br /&gt;
| O Pūṣhan, remove the covering, so that we may reach the eternal real, the all pervading.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| योऽसावादित्ये पुरुषः सोऽसावहम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The Puruṣa who abides within the Sun up there, that being indeed I am.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एष ह वै सत्यधर्म यदादित्यस्य आदित्यत्वम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Indeed, that which is the sunhood of the Sun is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तच्छुक्लं पुरुषमलिङ्गम्&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the bright one, the personal, without any distinguishing mark.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये इव चक्षुषि चाग्नौ&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is, as it were, in the midst of the Sun, the eye, and fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् तेजः&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is the immortal, that is splendor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये अमृतं यस्य हि सोमः प्राणा वा अन्यकं च&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which is the nectar in the midst of the Sun, of which the Moon and living beings are offshoots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतद् ब्रह्म एतद् अमृतम् एतत् सत्यधर्म&lt;br /&gt;
| That is Brahman, that is immortal, that is the eternal real.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये यजुः ॐ आपो ज्योति रसोऽमृतं ब्रह्म भूर्भुवः स्वरोम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which shines as the Yajurveda in the midst of the Sun that is Om, water, light, essence, immortal, Brahman, bhūr, bhuvas, svar, Om.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अष्टपादं शुचिं हंसं त्रिसूत्रं सूक्ष्ममनुययम्&lt;br /&gt;
| The eight footed, the pure, the swan, three stringed, minute, imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| द्विधाभेदं तेजसे धं सर्वं पश्यन् पश्यति&lt;br /&gt;
| Blind to the two attributes, kindled in light, he who sees Him sees all.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| नभसोऽन्तर्गतस्य तेजसोऽंशमात्रम् एतदादित्यस्य मध्ये उदिता द्वे मयूखे भवतः&lt;br /&gt;
| Of the bright power that pervades the sky, it is only a portion which, rising in the midst of the Sun, becomes the two light rays.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एतत् सविता सत्यधर्म एतद् यजुः एतदग्निः एतद्वायुः एतत् प्राणः एतदापः एतच्चन्द्रमा एतच्छुक्लम् एतद् अमृतम् एतद् विष्णोः पदम् एतन्नारायणम् तस्मिन्नेव&lt;br /&gt;
| That is the knower, the eternal real. That is the Yajus, that is heat, that is fire, that is wind, that is breath, that is water, that is the Moon, that is the bright, that is the immortal, that is the place of Brahman. That is the ocean of light. In it indeed,&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यजमानः सैन्धव इव लीयते&lt;br /&gt;
| The worshippers get dissolved like a lump of salt.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| एषा वै एकता हि सर्वकामाः समाहिताः&lt;br /&gt;
| It is oneness with Brahman, for in it all desires are contained.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| इत्योदाहरन्ति&lt;br /&gt;
| On this point they quote.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| अशंधु धारय इवाणुवाते रतः संफुर्यसावन्तर्गः सुराणाम्&lt;br /&gt;
| Even as a lamp is moved by a gentle breeze, he who dwells within the Devas shines forth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| यो हैवं विद् स सवित् स एतवित् सैकधाम एतः य आत्मकः&lt;br /&gt;
| He who knows this is the knower. Having grasped the oneness, he becomes identified with it.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| ये विद्वांस इवायुरुचर्यज्मन् विद्युतोऽर्चिषः परमे व्योमन्&lt;br /&gt;
| They rise perpetually like spray drops, like lightning flashes in the highest sky.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| तेऽऋषयो वै यशसा आत्मवासो जटाभिः पथ इव कृण्वन्ति मनः&lt;br /&gt;
| They, entering the light of glory, appear like crests of flame along the path of fire.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| Maitrāyaṇiya Upaniṣhad 6.36&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_The_Temporary_and_the_Permanent&amp;diff=175155</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: The Temporary and the Permanent</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_The_Temporary_and_the_Permanent&amp;diff=175155"/>
		<updated>2026-01-08T05:50:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Some may be inclined to dismiss the material world and its objects as insignificant or unworthy of attention. The following triad of mantras explains that although created material objects are indeed temporary, they are nevertheless indispensable for embodied existence. When used in accordance with dharm, they can serve as aids on the path to mokṣa. However, ultimate liberation arises only from absorption in the uncreate...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Some may be inclined to dismiss the material world and its objects as insignificant or unworthy of attention. The following triad of mantras explains that although created material objects are indeed temporary, they are nevertheless indispensable for embodied existence. When used in accordance with dharm, they can serve as aids on the path to mokṣa. However, ultimate liberation arises only from absorption in the uncreated and eternal root cause of the universe, namely Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 12&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्धं तमः प्रविशन्ति येऽसम्भूतिमुपासते ।&lt;br /&gt;
ततो भूय इव ते तमो य उ सम्भूत्यां रताः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Into blinding darkness they enter who are absorbed in the created effects. Into still greater darkness they surely enter who are absorbed in the Origin or Cause alone.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 13&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्यदेवाहुः सम्भवादन्यदाहुरसम्भवात् ।&lt;br /&gt;
इति शुश्रुम धीराणां ये नस्तद्विचचक्षिरे ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Different indeed, they say, is the result of absorption in the Origin or Cause, and different, they say, is the result of absorption in the created effects. Thus we have heard from the wise ones who explained this clearly to us.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 13&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 14&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;सम्भूतिं च विनाशं च यस्तद्वेदोभयं सह ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;विनाशेन मृत्युं तीर्त्वा सम्भूत्यामृतमश्नुते ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who knows both the Origin or Cause and the destruction, taken together, transcends death through the perishable and attains immortality through the Root Cause.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whatever is created inevitably perishes, whereas that which is uncreated is eternal. All material objects, together with the sensations they produce, including the human body itself, belong to the realm of creation. They are born, they undergo transformation, they wear out, and they ultimately perish. Only Brahman and the ātmā are unchanging and permanent. They constitute the root cause or seed of the entire creation, for without them nothing can endure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad employs the term Jagat, a concept that contrasts the eternal and unchanging nature of the Lord with the non eternal and ever changing character of the universe. The word Jagat literally signifies that which is constantly moving or changing. At every instant, material objects undergo transformation, even when such change is imperceptible to the senses. The human body likewise changes continuously at both gross and subtle levels. What remains constant is the ātmā within. The universe itself is subject to change and eventual dissolution. Hence one should not become excessively attached to Jagat, but should instead direct greater attention to that which is permanent. This teaching recurs throughout Hindu scripture.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Contact with the objects of the senses gives rise to sensations of cold and heat, pleasure and pain. They come and go and do not endure. Therefore, O Bhārata, endure them with forbearance.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 2.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Of the unreal there is no coming into being, and of the real there is no cessation of being. The truth about both has been seen by those who perceive reality.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 2.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Apart from the conscious principle, there exists no collection of things anywhere or at any time. Thus have I taught you the truth of existence, that the conscious entity alone is real and all else is unreal.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Viṣṇu Purāṇa 2.12.43&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mahābhārata, the ascetic Sulabhā addresses King Janaka with the following insight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;In the bodies of all creatures there exist diverse constituents for the fulfillment of different purposes. Their forms change at every moment, but the change is not perceived because it is extremely subtle.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Mahābhārata 12.320.122&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This understanding does not imply that the material world or the body should be neglected. On the contrary, all spiritual disciplines employ them as instruments for progress towards mokṣa. Meditation involves bodily postures, regulation of breath, withdrawal of the senses, and the disciplined use of the mind. Devotion involves emotions, which are modifications of the mind. All such disciplines require the appropriate and careful use of material instruments, including the body and the mind. Hence one should maintain purity and health in one’s surroundings and in one’s body. Yet this alone is insufficient. Attainment of mokṣa requires devotion to Brahman without neglecting physical and mental well being.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the same manner, relationships and worldly pleasures are created and therefore temporary. They possess a beginning and an end. Nevertheless, in the pursuit of Brahman, the cause of the universe and the sole Reality, one should not entirely reject relationships or the enjoyment of worldly pleasures. The teaching of these mantras is that the pursuit of Brahman and engagement with temporary relationships, pleasures, and bodily and mental needs must be aligned and mutually supportive rather than conflicting. Even while remaining engaged in the world, one should endeavour to make some progress towards mokṣa each day.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Gradually, one ought to shift emphasis from exclusive involvement in the world to increasing absorption in the Divine, thereby making full use of the rare opportunity of human life. Just as a land without toys for children is impoverished, but a land where adults never outgrow childhood toys is even more unfortunate, so too human life demands a transition from transient pursuits to higher and enduring goals. Balance in daily activities such as eating, recreation, and rest is essential even for spiritual progress, as taught in the Bhagavad Gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Indeed, yog is not for one who eats excessively, nor for one who abstains excessively from eating. It is not for one who sleeps too much, nor for one who remains awake excessively, O Arjuna.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 6.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;For one whose eating and recreation are regulated, whose actions are disciplined, and whose sleep and waking are balanced, yog becomes the destroyer of sorrow.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 6.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes on Saṃbhūti and Asaṃbhūti (Mantras 12–14)&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Analogous to the preceding triad of mantras dealing with Vidyā and Avidyā, the present triad employs the pair Saṃbhūti and Asaṃbhūti. Here Asaṃbhūti is not the negation or opposite of Saṃbhūti, but that which is different from Saṃbhūti. This is made explicit in the third mantra of the triad, where Asaṃbhūti is replaced by the term Vināśa, meaning destruction or perishability. This substitution indicates that Asaṃbhūti denotes that which is perishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Saṃbhūti and Asaṃbhūti are rare terms in Vedic literature, making their precise interpretation difficult. A relatively late Upaniṣadic passage employs the term Saṃbhūti in the following manner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;सभं तूत् वै यासु नादो वायोस्तप उच्यते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The Saṃbhūti, or origin, of sound, namely the unstruck sound, from Vāyu is said to be the tapas of the heart.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Kuṇḍikā Upaniṣad 21&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More illuminating usages occur in the ancient Jaiminīya Upaniṣad Brāhmaṇa of the Sāmaveda. In one passage, Prajāpati is described as sixteenfold, and Saṃbhūti is mentioned as one of these aspects, though its meaning is not immediately clarified. This ambiguity is resolved later in the same section, where Saṃbhūti is explicitly identified as Prajāpati’s seed, retas, from which beings are born. Elsewhere, Prāṇa is designated as Saṃbhūti, with the explanation that through the Prāṇas, offspring and animals come into existence. In another passage, the Prāṇas are described as the Saṃbhūti of human beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From these occurrences, it becomes clear that Saṃbhūti denotes the cause, origin, or seed from which beings arise. Hindu tradition consistently teaches that the uncreated and underlying cause exists eternally, while all effects or manifestations that arise from it are temporary and eventually perish, merging back into their cause, which is Brahman. At the individual level, the ātmā alone is Saṃbhūti, permanently existing, whereas the body that it animates is temporary. Likewise, relationships based on the body and the pleasures enjoyed through it are impermanent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Traditional and modern commentators have offered varying interpretations of these two terms. Without entering into an extended survey of these views, one concise definition offered by a contemporary teacher may be noted. According to this explanation, Saṃbhūti signifies svatantra sambhava, that which has independent origin. God alone is Saṃbhūti, since He is the cause of all causes and does not derive His existence from anything else. Asaṃbhūti, by contrast, signifies that which is not of independent origin. All beings and objects in the material world are Asaṃbhūti, having come into existence from God, who is the original source of everything.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accordingly, worship of Asaṃbhūti, described as Asaṃbhūti upāsanā, means attachment of the mind to created beings and objects of the world. This includes celestial beings, ancestors, human beings, spirits, and material objects. The teaching of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad is not that such engagement should be rejected outright, but that exclusive absorption in Asaṃbhūti, to the neglect of Saṃbhūti, leads to bondage. Liberation arises only when engagement with the perishable is properly subordinated to knowledge and devotion directed towards the imperishable cause, Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations on the Temporary and the Permanent&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Temporary Nature of the Human Body&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 11.27&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, Madhvācārya cites a story from the Purāṇas concerning King Purūravas and the Aśvinī Kumāras to illustrate the fleeting nature of the human body. Purūravas was exceedingly proud of his physical beauty and devoted great attention to maintaining his handsome appearance. Once, the Aśvinī Kumāras, the twin Devas renowned for their own radiant beauty, paid him a visit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eager to present himself at his best before the arriving Devas, the King hastily applied ointments and lotions to his face. Observing his obsession with outward appearance, the Aśvinī Kumāras smiled and remarked that although he might conceal wrinkles from ordinary sight, they, as Devas, could perceive the minute transformations occurring in his body at every moment. Their words conveyed that the human body is in a state of constant change and decay, however carefully one may attempt to preserve it, and that pride founded upon physical form is therefore misplaced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Buddha Feeds His Student&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once, the Buddha perceived through his insight that in the village of Ālāvī there lived a poor farmer who alone was capable of fully understanding his teaching. He therefore went to that village with the intention of instructing him. When the villagers heard that the Buddha was arriving, they gathered joyfully at the entrance of the village to welcome him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The farmer, however, was unable to attend the welcome because he was working in his fields. After completing his work, he hurried home intending to eat quickly and then go to hear the Buddha. On reaching home, his wife informed him that their only cow had wandered away. Being dependent upon that cow for survival, the farmer resolved to search for it first and then, after meeting the Buddha, return to eat his meal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Meanwhile, the villagers assembled around the Buddha and requested him to deliver a sermon. Not seeing the farmer among them, the Buddha chose to rest instead. The farmer searched throughout the village late into the night and eventually came upon the hut where the Buddha was staying. On seeing the Buddha emerge, he fell at his feet and apologised for his absence, explaining that he had been delayed while searching for his lost cow.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Buddha smiled gently and told him that the cow was behind the hut, but instructed him first to eat some food. Some of the Buddha’s disciples mocked the farmer, suggesting that he had come merely for free food, having neither welcomed the Buddha nor attended the sermon. The Buddha rebuked them, explaining that the farmer was hungry and that a person distressed by hunger could not grasp spiritual teaching. He therefore fed the farmer with kindness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the farmer was nourished and at ease, the Buddha instructed him in dharm. As the Buddha had foreseen, the farmer understood the teaching immediately, and by the end of that night he had attained the first stage of enlightenment. Thereafter, he indeed found his cow behind the Buddha’s hut.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two illustrations together affirm that while the human body and its conditions are temporary and ever changing, they must nevertheless be cared for appropriately. Spiritual progress requires neither neglect of the body nor attachment to it, but a balanced understanding of its impermanent nature and its role as an instrument for attaining higher wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Human Condition and the Little Pleasures of Life&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Mahābhārata, Vidura narrates the following parable to Dhṛtarāṣṭra in order to explain the human condition. The story conveys that although life is surrounded by dangers, pressures, and uncertainties, small and moderate pleasures enable human beings to preserve their mental balance and continue forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, a Brāhmaṇa found himself lost in a vast and dense forest inhabited by ferocious beasts such as lions and tigers. The forest was also infested with poisonous snakes. Overcome with fear, he ran about desperately in search of refuge. In the course of his wandering, he fell into a deep pit whose opening was concealed by trees, creepers, and thick vegetation. Before he could hit the ground, his fall was arrested midway by branches and creepers, leaving him suspended upside down, with his head pointing downward and his feet upward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From this precarious position, the Brāhmaṇa saw a large venomous serpent coiled at the bottom of the pit. Above him, he noticed a huge elephant approaching the mouth of the pit. At the same time, black and white mice were gnawing at the creepers and branches that supported his body. Above his head hung a beehive, around which bees hovered continuously. Drops of honey began to fall from the hive onto his head. The Brāhmaṇa turned his face slightly and tasted the honey, drinking the drops that fell upon him, even while fully aware of the imminent dangers surrounding him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Despite the elephant above, the serpent below, the bees around him, and the mice gradually destroying his support, the Brāhmaṇa continued to savour the drops of honey. Vidura explains that human life is similarly beset with anxieties, competing responsibilities, and inevitable suffering. Yet, within these constraints, small and measured enjoyments of life sustain mental equilibrium and preserve the will to persevere. Such pleasures, when pursued within the bounds of dharm, do not obstruct spiritual growth but rather help individuals endure the challenges of worldly existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Eighteenth Horse&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
This parable illustrates why engagement with the world in a constructive manner is essential for spiritual progress. Once, an old man who owned a ranch and seventeen horses lay on his deathbed. He summoned his three sons and instructed them that after his death they were to divide his land, house, and possessions equally among themselves, but that the horses were to be divided in a specific manner. He declared that half of the horses should go to the eldest son, one third to the middle son, and one sixth to the youngest son. He added that none of the horses were to be cut or sold. Shortly thereafter, the old man passed away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sons divided the land and other possessions without difficulty. When something could not be divided, they sold it and shared the proceeds equally. However, they were unable to divide the seventeen horses according to their father’s instructions, since the number could not be evenly apportioned in the prescribed ratios. Perplexed, they sought the counsel of Kṛṣṇa, renowned for his wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa listened to their problem and offered to lend them one of his own horses. With the additional horse, the total number became eighteen. The division was then carried out with ease. The eldest son received nine horses, the middle son received six, and the youngest son received two. When the horses were counted, it was found that the total given to the three sons was exactly seventeen, leaving one horse remaining. This horse was returned to Kṛṣṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The teaching of this parable is that Bhagavān has created the universe as a field in which the ātmās may pursue knowledge, spiritual growth, and the four aims of human life, namely dharm, artha, kāma, and mokṣa. Without the universe, the ātmās would lack the necessary conditions for this pursuit. Just as complex calculations become effortless when aided by appropriate instruments, so too the ātmā advances more efficiently towards its goals when it employs the universe wisely and in harmony with dharm.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Lame and the Blind Couple: Prakṛti and Puruṣa&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Sāṃkhya Darśana, the relationship between the Jīvātmā and Prakṛti is illustrated through the well known analogy of a lame man and a blind man. The Jīvātmā, identified with Puruṣa, is likened to a crippled man who possesses vision but lacks the capacity to move by himself. Prakṛti, or material nature, is compared to a blind man who has the strength to walk but lacks sight and therefore does not know where to go.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to this analogy, the crippled man mounts the shoulders of the blind man and guides him by indicating the direction. In this manner, the blind man provides mobility while the crippled man provides direction, and together they are able to reach the desired destination. In the same way, the Jīvātmā employs Prakṛti and its products, namely the body, senses, and mind, as instruments to move through the world and ultimately attain mokṣa, which it cannot reach independently without embodiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vedānta Darśana accepts this illustration in principle but introduces an important refinement. It points out that unlike the blind man in the analogy, who is himself a living being with a destination to reach, Prakṛti is entirely inert and non conscious. Prakṛti has no aspiration, intention, or goal of its own. It does not seek liberation and does not benefit from the attainment of mokṣa. Only the Puruṣa, the conscious Jīvātmā, aspires for liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Accordingly, Vedānta maintains that the relationship is not one of mutual cooperation between two seekers, as suggested in Sāṃkhya, but rather one of instrumentality. Prakṛti functions merely as a means or ladder employed by the Puruṣa to ascend towards its own goal. Once mokṣa is attained, Prakṛti has fulfilled its role and has no further purpose for the liberated Jīvātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Spiritual_Wisdom_and_Karm&amp;diff=175143</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Spiritual Wisdom and Karm</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Spiritual_Wisdom_and_Karm&amp;diff=175143"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T16:41:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  The following triad of mantras, numbered 9 to 11, clarifies the relative significance and the mutual necessity of Action, designated here as avidyā, and Spiritual Wisdom, designated as vidyā. After the exposition of the nature of Brahman and the characteristics of the Jīvanmukta in the earlier mantras, a possible confusion may arise regarding the role of action and knowledge in spiritual life. These verses address that...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following triad of mantras, numbered 9 to 11, clarifies the relative significance and the mutual necessity of Action, designated here as avidyā, and Spiritual Wisdom, designated as vidyā. After the exposition of the nature of Brahman and the characteristics of the Jīvanmukta in the earlier mantras, a possible confusion may arise regarding the role of action and knowledge in spiritual life. These verses address that concern by explaining that neither action nor spiritual wisdom, when pursued in isolation, is sufficient, and that liberation requires a proper integration of both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 9&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्धं तमः प्रविशन्ति येऽविद्यामुपासते ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;ततो भूय इव ते तमो य उ विद्यायां रताः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Into blinding darkness they enter who are absorbed in worldly wisdom and karm alone. Into still greater darkness they surely enter who are absorbed in spiritual wisdom alone.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 10&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अन्यदेवाहुर्विद्याया अन्यदाहुरविद्याया ।&lt;br /&gt;
इति शुश्रुम धीराणां ये नस्तद्विचचक्षिरे ॥ १० ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Different indeed, they say, is the result of spiritual wisdom, and different, they say, is the result of worldly wisdom and karm. Thus we have heard from the wise ones who explained this clearly to us.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 11&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;विद्यां चाविद्यां च यस्तद्वेदोभयं सह ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अविद्यया मृत्युं तीर्त्वा विद्ययाऽमृतमश्नुते ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who knows both spiritual wisdom and worldly wisdom together transcends death through worldly wisdom and attains immortality through spiritual wisdom.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport and Notes on Mantras 9–11&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is essential to possess both spiritual wisdom, designated as vidyā, and worldly or mundane knowledge that gives rise to the performance of karm, designated as avidyā. The performance of karm guided by mundane knowledge, when carried out in accordance with dharm as taught in the Śāstras, enables one to overcome obstacles of worldly existence and gradually leads one to the threshold of mokṣa. Spiritual wisdom, vidyā, then enables one to enter fully into the state of mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If spiritual wisdom is completely neglected and one remains absorbed only in mundane knowledge and the performance of duties, one eventually descends into darkness, ignorance, and sorrow, as already indicated earlier in the Upaniṣad. Conversely, if one devotes oneself exclusively to spiritual wisdom while ignoring svadharm, namely duties towards oneself and others, and neglects worldly knowledge altogether, one falls into an even graver condition. Without the performance of duties and the application of worldly knowledge, the maintenance of life itself becomes impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The expressions overcoming death and attaining immortality essentially refer to the same truth, though the former is stated indirectly and the latter positively. Death manifests not only as the physical end of life but also as conditions such as poverty, severe illness, humiliation, and other afflictions that obstruct spiritual progress. Worldly wisdom and the conscientious performance of karm reduce the likelihood of such impediments and help one cross these forms of death. True immortality, however, arises only from spiritual wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third mantra of this triad therefore teaches that karm performed according to dharm and guided by worldly knowledge enables one to cross the miseries of life, including death itself, while spiritual wisdom alone leads one into the state of immortal bliss. Knowing both together implies that one’s actions must be aligned with spiritual wisdom, and that spiritual wisdom must inform and illumine one’s actions, so that the two function in harmony rather than in opposition. This mantra also occurs in the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; , where the surrounding passages emphasise that mokṣa is attained solely through vidyā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The central teaching of these three mantras is that one should diligently perform karm in accordance with dharm, using worldly knowledge appropriately, while simultaneously pursuing spiritual wisdom and enlightenment, ensuring that karm and vidyā complement and support each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many translations render vidyā simply as knowledge and avidyā as ignorance, but such renderings are misleading. Vidyā does not signify mere information or intellectual familiarity with spiritual doctrines. It denotes spiritual wisdom that has been fully assimilated into one’s being. No one is entirely devoid of mundane knowledge or awareness of duties, but most beings lack spiritual wisdom. Avidyā therefore signifies non spiritual knowledge, including knowledge of the world and even scriptural injunctions related to dharm, when one believes that supreme good, immortality, and lasting happiness arise solely from such knowledge and the actions based upon it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Major traditional commentaries interpret the term avidyā in these mantras as karm, and this understanding is adopted here, since all actions arise from worldly knowledge and the injunctions of dharm. Other scriptural texts also employ avidyā as a synonym for karm. The Upaniṣad does not reject the performance of allotted duties or the value of worldly wisdom. On the contrary, it affirms their necessity, while declaring unequivocally that spiritual wisdom alone finally frees one from despair, ignorance, and suffering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vidyā and Avidyā in the Atharvaveda and the Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The complementary pair of Vidyā and Avidyā occurs significantly in the following mantra of the Atharvaveda.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;विद्या वा अविद्या च यच्चान्यदुपदेष्यम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;शरीरं ब्राह्मणोऽविशत् सामाथर्वो यजुः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Vidyā, Avidyā, and whatever else is fit to be taught, the Brahma, Ṛk, Sāma, and Yajus mantras entered the body.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Atharvaveda (Śaunaka Śākhā) 11.8.23&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this Atharvavedic mantra, the term Avidyā cannot reasonably mean ignorance, since that sense does not fit the context. It may denote a category of knowledge distinct from Vidyā, or it may signify karm, because the Vedas teach spiritual wisdom, karm, and also other forms of knowledge derived from worldly experience.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The interpretation of Avidyā as the belief that ritual action alone leads to mokṣa is supported by the following verses of the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अविद्यायामन्तरे वर्तमानाः स्वयं धीराः पण्डितंमन्यमानाः ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;जङ्घन्यमानाः परियन्ति मूढा अन्धेनैव नीयमाना यथान्धाः ॥ ८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Abiding in Avidyā, yet thinking themselves to be wise and learned, they wander repeatedly, deluded, like the blind led by the blind.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अविद्यायां बहुधा वर्तमानाः वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;यत्कर्मिणो न प्रवेदयन्ति रागात् तेनातुराः क्षीणलोकाश्च्यवन्ते ॥ ९ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Dwelling in manifold Avidyā, these immature ones imagine, “We have attained our goal.” Because ritualists do not know the truth due to attachment, they fall back when the worlds gained through actions are exhausted and again become miserable.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad 1.2.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad presents a more comprehensive perspective, one that does not reject karm but regards it as essential. The shared teaching of the two Upaniṣads is that exclusive reliance on Avidyā, understood as ritual action and other prescribed activities, while neglecting Vidyā, spiritual wisdom, and believing that action alone leads to the supreme good, is erroneous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Vidyā - Avidyā in Other Upaniṣads&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The third mantra of this triad, corresponding to &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, also occurs in the Maitrāyaṇīya Upaniṣad 7.8 in a context that criticises non Vedic doctrines which deny the existence of the ātmā and admit nothing beyond the physical body. The narrative found there, as retold by later teachers, is as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
During the Devāsura saṅgrāma, the great battle between the Devas and the Asuras, a stage was reached at which many Asuras were slain, tipping the balance of victory in favour of the Devas. At this point, Śukrācārya, the preceptor of the Asuras, resolved to intervene. He withdrew into the forest to perform austerities in order to acquire Sañjīvanī Vidyā, by which he could revive the fallen Asuras.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Bṛhaspati, the preceptor of the Devas, learned of this plan, he reflected that the revival of the Asuras would lead to grave calamity for the Devas. He therefore acted pre emptively. Assuming the form of Śukrācārya through deception, Bṛhaspati appeared among the remaining Asuras. Believing that their teacher had returned, they welcomed him with reverence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bṛhaspati, in the guise of Śukrācārya, then proclaimed that he had discovered the highest good. He taught that for a happy life one should eat, drink, and enjoy, that there is no such reality as the ātmā, and that the Vedas and all scriptures are false. Having thus deluded them, he caused the bodies of the slain Asuras to be cremated and departed, thereby preventing their revival and saving the Devas from defeat.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the real Śukrācārya returned and discovered what had occurred, he attempted to remove these teachings from the minds of the Asuras, but by then they had become firmly rooted in their consciousness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The pair Vidyā and Avidyā also appears in another Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;अक्षरे ब्रह्मपरे विद्याविद्ये निहिते यत्र गूढे ।&lt;br /&gt;
क्षरं ह्यविद्या मृतं तु विद्या विद्याविद्ये ईशते यस्तु सोऽन्यः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Two, Vidyā and Avidyā, are hidden in the imperishable, transcendent Brahman. Avidyā is perishable, whereas Vidyā is immortal. He who rules over Vidyā and Avidyā is distinct from them.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad, several mantras present a triadic framework consisting of the inanimate universe, the living jīvātmā, and the Lord who governs both. By analogy, the imperishable Vidyā must correspond to the jīvātmā, which is eternal, while the perishable Avidyā relates to the inanimate, ever changing physical universe. In this context, Avidyā cannot signify ignorance, as is often assumed. Rather, it denotes knowledge of the perishable world, or the perishable world itself, together with karm undertaken to appropriate its fruits, including those of higher physical realms such as heaven. To suggest that the Lord rules over ignorance would be philosophically incoherent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vidyā, on the other hand, may signify the jīvātmā itself, for it is sentient and functions as knower and experiencer, as well as knowledge pertaining to it. Both Vidyā and Avidyā are said to be concealed within the Lord to indicate that He governs and sustains them. The context indicates a pre creative state, in which, during pralaya, both the jīvātmās and the universe exist in an extremely subtle condition without manifest expression. Hence they are described as hidden. Subsequent mantras then unfold the process of creation and the continued lordship of the Divine over the manifested cosmos and individual beings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For this reason, the expression Akṣare Brahmapare may also be understood as referring to the Imperishable who transcends creation, since this Upaniṣad uses the term Brahman at times to denote the created order as well. Accordingly, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 5.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; employs the pair Vidyā and Avidyā in a sense closely aligned with that of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 9–11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;, affirming the necessity of recognising both while understanding their proper scope and hierarchy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story Brahmā’s Teaching to Indra&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following illustration from the Chhāndogya Upaniṣad elucidates the distinction between Vidyā and Avidyā and demonstrates how incomplete understanding of the ātmā leads to error, while sustained inquiry guided by spiritual wisdom leads to liberation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;*“The ātmā which is free from evil, free from old age, free from death, free from grief, free from hunger, free from thirst, which desires the Truth and has resolved to obtain the Truth, that ātmā should be sought. Him one should desire to understand. He who has discovered and has understood that ātmā obtains all the worlds and all desires.”*&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Chāndogya Upaniṣad 8.7.1&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When both the Asuras and the Devas heard this proclamation from Prajāpati Brahmā, they desired to understand the nature of this ātmā. Accordingly, they deputed their respective kings, Virocana for the Asuras and Indra for the Devas, to approach Brahmā and learn the truth. The two arrived together at Brahmā’s abode and lived with him for several years as students. At the end of this period, they requested instruction concerning the ātmā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmā asked them to adorn themselves with their finest garments and ornaments and then look at their reflections in a vessel filled with water. When they had done so, Brahmā said to them that the reflections they saw, namely their bodies decorated with garments and ornaments, constituted the ātmā, and that this was his teaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both Indra and Virocana were initially delighted and departed to convey this teaching to their respective followers. When Virocana returned to the Asuras, he proclaimed that the ātmā was nothing other than the physical body. On this basis, he taught that adorning the body with ornaments, gratifying it with food and drink, and providing it with pleasure was the highest goal. The Asuras accepted this doctrine without reflection. They became intensely absorbed in physical enjoyment, neglected charity and sacred rites, and abandoned faith in any higher principle. Identifying the body with the ātmā, they even buried ornaments, garments, and perfumes with their dead, believing that these would continue to be enjoyed after death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra, however, paused on his return journey and reflected deeply. He reasoned that if the body itself were the ātmā, then the ātmā would necessarily become blind, lame, diseased, and perish when the body did so. Such a doctrine, he concluded, could not provide lasting security or hope. With this doubt, Indra returned to Brahmā and resumed his discipleship.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmā then taught him that the being who experiences dreams during sleep is the ātmā. Indra was initially satisfied and again set out to return. Yet reflection once more arose in his mind. In dreams, he observed, one may experience flying or falling, wealth or poverty, injury or pleasure, but upon waking, none of these dream experiences affect waking life. He therefore concluded that the dreamer too could not be the true ātmā. He returned yet again to Brahmā and sought further instruction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This time, Brahmā taught that the ātmā is that which exists in deep sleep, a state in which there is no dream, no sorrow, and no disturbance. Indra reflected again and found this explanation unsatisfactory, for in deep sleep there appears to be no awareness at all, as though one ceases to exist. Such a teaching seemed to imply annihilation rather than fulfillment. He therefore returned to Brahmā once more and expressed his concern that this doctrine offered no meaningful goal, for no one seeks non existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Brahmā smiled and praised Indra’s persistence and discernment, observing that Virocana and the Asuras had failed precisely because they were satisfied with a superficial and materialistic understanding. He then revealed the final teaching. The body, he explained, is merely an abode of the ātmā and all its organs are perishable. The ātmā itself has no form and is associated with the body in the manner of a rider with a chariot. Freed from bodily association, the ātmā possesses the capacity to see, hear, and know by its own nature. That which animates the body, never perishes, and experiences all contacts between the senses and their objects is the ātmā. Indra himself, Brahmā declared, was that ātmā and not the body.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With this realization, Indra attained clarity and peace. He now understood that existence extends beyond the limitations of bodily life. He became fearless, knowing that even when the body ages, suffers, and dies, the ātmā endures. Thus, through sustained inquiry and the refusal to settle for incomplete explanations, Indra attained true spiritual wisdom, exemplifying the path of Vidyā distinguished from Avidyā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Imperfect and Perfect Sevā of Sambandhar and Appar&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Appar and Sambandhar once went on a pilgrimage together with their respective retinues and reached a village called Tiruvīlimalai. At that time, the village was afflicted by a severe famine. Unable to bear the suffering of the people, the two saints resolved to remain there and distribute food. They stayed in two different maṭhas along with their attendants and undertook the task of feeding the villagers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As they possessed no money, they went to the local temple and prayed earnestly to Īśvara. Pleased with their devotion, Īśvara granted them a sovereign gold coin every day, which appeared at the doorstep of their respective maṭhas. The sovereign given to Appar was accepted readily by merchants as pure gold, and the required provisions were easily procured. As a result, food could be distributed to the people well before midday.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sovereign received by Sambandhar, however, was of inferior purity. Merchants agreed to accept it only at a discount, and therefore the attendants had to return to the maṭha to seek Sambandhar’s consent before making purchases. This caused a daily delay, and food could be distributed only around the afternoon, close to two o’clock. In due course, Sambandhar noticed this difference and inquired into the cause. On learning that the delay was due to the inferior quality of the gold coins he was receiving, he went to the temple and sang ten verses beginning with &#039;&#039;वाचितीरवे काचनाल्गुवीर्&#039;&#039;, questioning the Lord as to why he was being given impure gold.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Īśvara, the embodiment of compassion, then replied that Appar was worshipping Him with mind, speech, and deed, whereas Sambandhar was worshipping Him only with mind and speech. Appar, in addition to prayer and song, spent his days cleaning the temple premises and pathways, making them neat and orderly. It was to highlight this distinction, the Lord explained, that the difference in the coins had been arranged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indeed, Appar is traditionally depicted carrying a hoe, a long handled gardening tool. Throughout his life, he visited numerous temples and public places and was distressed to see their surroundings neglected and overgrown with weeds. Wherever he went, he cleaned the pathways with devotion, considering such physical service an essential expression of his love for the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The example of these saints teaches that places of worship and public spaces should be kept clean and that one should not hesitate to perform sevā through direct action when required. The story also illustrates the complementarity of karm and vidyā, showing that spiritual wisdom remains incomplete without corresponding action. Even one who has attained illumination must continue to perform righteous deeds consistently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;यज्ञदानतपःकर्म न त्याज्यं कार्यमेव तत् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;यज्ञो दानं तपश्चैव पावनानि मनीषिणाम् ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Acts of yajñas, charity, and austerity must not be abandoned; they are indeed to be performed. Yajñas, charity, and austerity are purifying for the wise.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 18.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Spiritual Knowledge Does Not Save the Life of the Paṇḍit&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, several men were crossing the river Gaṅgā in a boat. Among them was a learned paṇḍit who took pride in displaying his erudition. He spoke at length about having studied many texts, including the Vedas, the Vedānta, and the six systems of philosophy. Turning to one of his fellow passengers, he asked whether he knew the Vedānta. The man replied respectfully that he did not. The paṇḍit then asked whether he knew the Sāṅkhya or the system of Patañjali, and again received the same answer. With a sense of superiority, the paṇḍit remarked that the man seemed to have read no philosophy at all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The paṇḍit continued in this vain manner while the other passenger remained silent. Suddenly, a fierce storm arose, and the boat began to rock violently, threatening to sink. At this moment of danger, the previously silent passenger turned to the paṇḍit and asked him calmly whether he knew how to swim. The paṇḍit replied that he did not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The passenger then said that although he did not know Sāṅkhya or the system of Patañjali, he did know how to swim. The implication was clear. Mere intellectual learning, when not accompanied by practical capacity and lived understanding, may fail to save one in moments of real crisis. The story illustrates that spiritual knowledge, if confined only to verbal learning and not integrated with life and action, is insufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175142</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175142"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T14:47:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the Jīvanmukta ātmā finally sheds its mortal body, it transcends all limitations of space, time, knowledge, happiness, and moral conditioning. It attains a divine state identical with Brahman, except for the absence of control over cosmic functions such as creation and dissolution. The following mantra describes the nature of Brahman in which the liberated ātmā abides after the attainment of mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;स पर्यगाच्छुक्रमकायमव्रणमस्नाविरं शुद्धमपापविद्धम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;कविर्मनीषी परिभूः स्वयम्भूर्याथातथ्यतोऽर्थान् व्यदधाच्छाश्वतीभ्यः समाभ्यः ॥ ८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He is all-pervading, luminous, bodiless, without wound or opening, without veins or sinews, pure, untouched by evil. He, the sage, all-wise, transcendent and self-existent, has duly ordained all objects according to their natures through infinite time.&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The opening portion of the mantra may also be rendered as, “He, the spiritually enlightened one, reaches the luminous and mighty Being,” where the subject refers to the Jīvanmukta described in the preceding two mantras. In this reading, the verse simultaneously describes the nature of Brahman and the state attained by the liberated ātmā upon release from embodiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attributes of Brahman enumerated here recur throughout Hindu scriptural literature. Unlike the human body, which requires muscles for movement and networks of veins and nerves for nourishment and sensation, Brahman is all-pervading and requires no physical organs to sustain or govern the universe. Without limbs or bodily structure, Brahman nevertheless directs all cosmic processes. Being omniscient, Brahman is the source and revealer of the Vedas and of all knowledge. From eternity, Brahman has assigned to all beings and objects their inherent characteristics, such as heat to fire and fragrance to flowers. Brahman is self-existent, being uncreated and dependent on nothing else for existence. He is called Kavi, the sage, because all wisdom and insight arise from Him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain Advaita commentators observe that the first half of the mantra employs neuter grammatical forms, indicating a transcendent Brahman beyond all attributes and distinctions, corresponding to Nirguṇa Brahman. The second half employs masculine forms, referring to aspects of Brahman that are connected with the universe and its order, corresponding to Saguṇa Brahman. Thus, the mantra encompasses both the transcendental and immanent dimensions of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Who Is the Greatest Emperor&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One evening, King Akbar invited his courtiers and Birbal to a banquet. In a moment of pride, the King proclaimed that he considered himself the greatest ruler in the world, greater even than Bhagavān. He asked those present whether they agreed with him. The courtiers, fearing the King’s displeasure, remained silent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Birbal alone rose and declared that Akbar was indeed greater than Bhagavān. Pleased, the King asked him to explain. Birbal replied that if someone offended Akbar, the King could banish that person from his kingdom, whereas Bhagavān could not banish anyone from His kingdom. Akbar then understood the deeper implication. Bhagavān is the emperor of the entire universe, and there is no place outside His dominion. Wherever one goes, one remains within the kingdom of Bhagavān. Realising this, Akbar felt ashamed of his pride and recognised the all-pervading sovereignty of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Third Eye of Śiva&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Once, Bhagavān Śiva was absorbed in deep meditation. His eyes, though slightly open, were turned inward rather than towards the external world. In a playful moment, Devī Pārvatī covered Śiva’s two eyes with her hands. Instantly, darkness spread throughout the entire universe, and all beings were plunged into fear, unable to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moved by the devotion and terror of the beings, a third eye appeared on Śiva’s forehead. When it opened, a brilliant flash of light emerged and illumined the whole universe, restoring sight to all. Through this event, Pārvatī realised that the vision of Śiva could never be obstructed and that the very capacity of the universe to see depended upon His sight alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the truth that Brahman is all-pervading, self-existent, and the ultimate ground of all power, perception, and order, within whom the liberated ātmā abides after attaining mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175141</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175141"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T14:46:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; When the Jīvanmukta ātmā finally sheds its mortal body, it transcends all limitations of space, time, knowledge, happiness, and moral conditioning. It attains a divine state identical with Brahman, except for the absence of control over cosmic functions such as creation and dissolution. The following mantra describes the nature of Brahman in which the liberated ātmā abides after the attainment of mokṣa.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 8...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When the Jīvanmukta ātmā finally sheds its mortal body, it transcends all limitations of space, time, knowledge, happiness, and moral conditioning. It attains a divine state identical with Brahman, except for the absence of control over cosmic functions such as creation and dissolution. The following mantra describes the nature of Brahman in which the liberated ātmā abides after the attainment of mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;स पर्यगाच्छुक्रमकायमव्रणमस्नाविरं शुद्धमपापविद्धम् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;कविर्मनीषी परिभूः स्वयम्भूर्याथातथ्यतोऽर्थान् व्यदधाच्छाश्वतीभ्यः समाभ्यः ॥ ८ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He is all-pervading, luminous, bodiless, without wound or opening, without veins or sinews, pure, untouched by evil. He, the sage, all-wise, transcendent and self-existent, has duly ordained all objects according to their natures through infinite time.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The opening portion of the mantra may also be rendered as, “He, the spiritually enlightened one, reaches the luminous and mighty Being,” where the subject refers to the Jīvanmukta described in the preceding two mantras. In this reading, the verse simultaneously describes the nature of Brahman and the state attained by the liberated ātmā upon release from embodiment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The attributes of Brahman enumerated here recur throughout Hindu scriptural literature. Unlike the human body, which requires muscles for movement and networks of veins and nerves for nourishment and sensation, Brahman is all-pervading and requires no physical organs to sustain or govern the universe. Without limbs or bodily structure, Brahman nevertheless directs all cosmic processes. Being omniscient, Brahman is the source and revealer of the Vedas and of all knowledge. From eternity, Brahman has assigned to all beings and objects their inherent characteristics, such as heat to fire and fragrance to flowers. Brahman is self-existent, being uncreated and dependent on nothing else for existence. He is called Kavi, the sage, because all wisdom and insight arise from Him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Certain Advaita commentators observe that the first half of the mantra employs neuter grammatical forms, indicating a transcendent Brahman beyond all attributes and distinctions, corresponding to Nirguṇa Brahman. The second half employs masculine forms, referring to aspects of Brahman that are connected with the universe and its order, corresponding to Saguṇa Brahman. Thus, the mantra encompasses both the transcendental and immanent dimensions of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Who Is the Greatest Emperor&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One evening, King Akbar invited his courtiers and Birbal to a banquet. In a moment of pride, the King proclaimed that he considered himself the greatest ruler in the world, greater even than Bhagavān. He asked those present whether they agreed with him. The courtiers, fearing the King’s displeasure, remained silent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Birbal alone rose and declared that Akbar was indeed greater than Bhagavān. Pleased, the King asked him to explain. Birbal replied that if someone offended Akbar, the King could banish that person from his kingdom, whereas Bhagavān could not banish anyone from His kingdom. Akbar then understood the deeper implication. Bhagavān is the emperor of the entire universe, and there is no place outside His dominion. Wherever one goes, one remains within the kingdom of Bhagavān. Realising this, Akbar felt ashamed of his pride and recognised the all-pervading sovereignty of the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Story: The Third Eye of Śiva==&lt;br /&gt;
Once, Bhagavān Śiva was absorbed in deep meditation. His eyes, though slightly open, were turned inward rather than towards the external world. In a playful moment, Devī Pārvatī covered Śiva’s two eyes with her hands. Instantly, darkness spread throughout the entire universe, and all beings were plunged into fear, unable to see.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moved by the devotion and terror of the beings, a third eye appeared on Śiva’s forehead. When it opened, a brilliant flash of light emerged and illumined the whole universe, restoring sight to all. Through this event, Pārvatī realised that the vision of Śiva could never be obstructed and that the very capacity of the universe to see depended upon His sight alone.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the truth that Brahman is all-pervading, self-existent, and the ultimate ground of all power, perception, and order, within whom the liberated ātmā abides after attaining mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Characteristics_of_a_J%C4%ABvanmukta&amp;diff=175140</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Characteristics of a Jīvanmukta</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Characteristics_of_a_J%C4%ABvanmukta&amp;diff=175140"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T11:50:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; How is one to recognise a person who has understood the nature of Brahman and has assimilated spiritual wisdom while still living in a mortal body? Later Vedāntic literature employs the term Jīvanmukta, meaning one who is liberated even while embodied. The following two mantras describe the characteristics of such a Jīvanmukta.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;यस्तु सर्वाणि भूतानि आत्मन...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
How is one to recognise a person who has understood the nature of Brahman and has assimilated spiritual wisdom while still living in a mortal body? Later Vedāntic literature employs the term Jīvanmukta, meaning one who is liberated even while embodied. The following two mantras describe the characteristics of such a Jīvanmukta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 6&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;यस्तु सर्वाणि भूतानि आत्मन्येवानुपश्यति ।&lt;br /&gt;
सर्वभूतेषु चात्मानं ततो न विजुगुप्सते ॥ ६ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who indeed sees all beings as existing in the Ātmā alone, and the Ātmā within all beings, does not feel any hatred due to that realization.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 6&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 7&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;यस्मिन्सर्वाणि भूतानि आत्मैवाभूद्विजानतः ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तत्र को मोहः कः शोक एकत्वमनुपश्यतः ॥ ७ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When, for the knower, all beings have become Ātmā alone, then what delusion and what sorrow can exist for one who perceives this Oneness?&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When a person realises the true nature of Brahman and understands that the same Paramātmā abides equally within all beings, he recognises that the ātmā present in every creature is identical in essence. By resting his awareness on this fundamental unity rather than on temporary and external distinctions such as birth, social position, gender, race, or wealth, he no longer harbours ill will, aversion, or hatred towards anyone, nor does he waver from the spiritual path. This realisation does not merely transform his attitude towards others, but affects an inner transformation of his entire being. It bestows upon him lasting inner peace and happiness, for he transcends delusion, the sense of separation from others, and attachment to impermanent objects, which are the root causes of sorrow and conflict in worldly existence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In later Hindu tradition, moha is regarded as the root cause of all other mental afflictions, leading to grief and repeated rebirth. The Upaniṣadic mantras teach that by focusing on the underlying Ātmā that is identical in all beings, and by emphasising their unity in Brahman, thereby overcoming bhedabuddhi, the notion of division such as ‘I’ and ‘them’, one becomes firmly established in spiritual wisdom. Such a person loses all ill will towards others, overcomes delusion, and becomes free from grief while still living.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The understanding of unity through the Paramātmā, immanent equally within all beings, alone constitutes the true foundation of love, as taught in another Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;स होवाच न वा अरे पत्‍युः कामाय पतिः प्रियो भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय पतिः प्रियो भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे जायायै कामाय जाया प्रिया भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय जाया प्रिया भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे पुत्राणां कामाय पुत्राः प्रिया भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय पुत्राः प्रिया भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे वित्तस्य कामाय वित्तं प्रियं भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय वित्तं प्रियं भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे ब्राह्मणस्य कामाय ब्राह्मणः प्रियो भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय ब्राह्मणः प्रियो भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे क्षत्रियस्य कामाय क्षत्रियः प्रियो भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय क्षत्रियः प्रियो भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे लोकानां कामाय लोकाः प्रिया भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय लोकाः प्रिया भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे देवानां कामाय देवाः प्रिया भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय देवाः प्रिया भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे भूतानां कामाय भूतानि प्रियाणि भवन्ति आत्मनस्तु कामाय भूतानि प्रियाणि भवन्ति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;न वा अरे सर्वस्य कामाय सर्वं प्रियं भवति आत्मनस्तु कामाय सर्वं प्रियं भवति ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;आत्मा वा अरे द्रष्टव्यः श्रोतव्यो मन्तव्यो निदिध्यासितव्यः ।&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;मैत्रेयी आत्मनो वा अरे दर्शनॆन श्रवणॆन मत्या विज्ञानॆन इदं सर्वं विदितम् ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Yājñavalkya said, “Indeed, not for the love of the husband, my dear, is the husband dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the husband dear. Indeed, not for the love of the wife is the wife dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the wife dear. Indeed, not for the love of sons are sons dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are sons dear. Indeed, not for the love of wealth is wealth dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is wealth dear. Indeed, not for the love of the Brāhmaṇa is the Brāhmaṇa dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the Brāhmaṇa dear. Indeed, not for the love of the Kṣatriya is the Kṣatriya dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is the Kṣatriya dear. Indeed, not for the love of the worlds are the worlds dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are the worlds dear. Indeed, not for the love of the Devas are the Devas dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are the Devas dear. Indeed, not for the love of beings are beings dear, but for the love of the Ātmā are beings dear. Indeed, not for the love of all is all dear, but for the love of the Ātmā is all dear. Maitreyi, the Ātmā alone should be seen, heard, reflected upon, and meditated upon. By the realization of the Ātmā through hearing, reflection, and meditation, all this is known.&amp;quot;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 2.4.5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Jīvanmukta Does Not Waver from Dharm&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Sant Kanakadāsa, who lived between 1509 and 1609 CE, was a humble cowherd who wandered from village to village singing the praises of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. He became a disciple of Vyāsatīrtha, a renowned scholar of Vedānta, and soon emerged as his most beloved student. This aroused jealousy among the other disciples, for Kanakadāsa came from a very humble background and lacked formal scriptural education.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Vyāsatīrtha resolved to teach his students a lesson. He summoned them all and gave each a banana, saying that the bananas were sacred and would confer blessings if eaten. However, each student was instructed to eat his banana in a secluded place where no one could see him, and then return to report where he had eaten it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After some time, all the students returned and described the places where they had eaten their bananas. Kanakadāsa alone had not eaten his. When Vyāsatīrtha asked him the reason, Kanakadāsa replied that he could not find a single place where God could not see him. Vyāsatīrtha then addressed the other students, saying that for them God was merely a name recited during rituals, whereas for Kanakadāsa God was a living presence experienced everywhere. This unwavering awareness of the Divine is a mark of the Jīvanmukta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Only Path to Happiness&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
During his travels in the United States between 1902 and 1904, Swami Rāmatīrtha delivered discourses on Vedānta to large audiences. On one occasion, a grieving woman approached him and wept, saying that since the death of her only son her life had become dark and devoid of hope, and that she sought true peace and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Swami Rāmatīrtha replied that peace and happiness demanded a price, and that if she agreed to pay it, he would come to her home the next day and show her the path. She agreed. The following morning, the Swami arrived at her house accompanied by an African American child. He told her that if she raised the child as her own son, educating and loving him, she would attain true peace and happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that time, social barriers between white and black communities were rigid, and such acceptance was strongly frowned upon. The woman recoiled and asked how a white woman could accept a black child as her son. The Swami replied that if she could not accept the child as her own, then it would be very difficult for her to attain true peace and happiness. The story illustrates that liberation from sorrow arises only when distinctions rooted in ego and separation are transcended, a hallmark of the Jīvanmukta.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Bhagavān is Inside the Beautiful as well as the Ugly&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It may be asked whether the all pervading Lord exists even in what is regarded as evil or ugly. The answer given by the tradition is in the affirmative. What appears ugly to human perception may not be ugly in reality. The following story teaches the vision of Divinity even in those forms that are conventionally regarded as unattractive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The King of Kaliṅga, corresponding to present day Odisha, constructed a grand temple dedicated to Jagannātha, the Lord of the Universe, identified with Viṣṇu. However, the temple did not yet contain a mūrti. The King made a proclamation that he desired the most beautiful mūrti of Viṣṇu to be carved. After its completion, he would inspect it. If he was pleased, the sculptor would be rewarded with ten thousand gold coins, but if he was displeased, the sculptor would be beheaded. Skilled sculptors were invited to come forward.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
No sculptor was willing to risk his life, and for a long time none accepted the challenge. At last, an old sculptor appeared and agreed to carve the mūrti on one condition. He stated that he required thirty days to complete the work and that during this period he would work inside the temple with the doors closed. No one was to open the doors until the work was finished, otherwise he would leave the work incomplete. The King, relieved that someone had accepted the task, agreed to these conditions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The sculptor entered the temple and closed the doors behind him. Day after day passed, and people outside heard the sound of hammer and chisel throughout the day. Some ministers, however, became suspicious and suggested that the sculptor might be a spy of an enemy king, pretending to carve a mūrti while actually damaging the pillars of the temple from within. The King initially ignored these doubts, but nine days before the completion of the thirty day period, his curiosity overcame him. He ordered the doors of the temple to be opened.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the doors were opened and everyone entered, they were shocked to see an unfinished and seemingly ugly mūrti of Viṣṇu lying on the floor, with the sculptor still at work. Enraged at the sight of what he considered an ugly form, the King drew his sword to behead the sculptor. The sculptor then spoke and reminded the King that he had broken his promise on the twenty first day itself. He explained that he wished the King to undergo this experience in order to understand that Viṣṇu resides in the whole of creation. Just as He is present in beautiful mūrtis, He is also present in those that appear ugly. According to the condition that had been violated, he declared that he would now leave the mūrti unfinished and urged that this very form should be worshipped in the temple, while a conventionally beautiful mūrti could be made elsewhere.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The King was stunned both by the words of the sculptor and by his own failure to uphold his promise. When he looked at the sculptor once again, an even greater surprise awaited him. The sculptor revealed himself in the four armed form of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. The King thus learned that beauty and ugliness are relative to perception, and that Bhagavān pervades everything, including what human judgement may dismiss as ugly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Ṛṣi Pippalāda Discovers that the Devas Reside within His Own Body&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ṛṣi Dadhīci relinquished his body so that his bones could be fashioned into the Vajra, a powerful weapon, by Indra for the destruction of the evil Vṛtra. When Dadhīci’s son Pippalāda grew up, he was filled with resentment over the fact that his father had died for the sake of Indra. He blamed Indra and the Devas for his father’s death and for the suffering he himself had endured in childhood due to the loss of his parent. In his anger, he concluded that the Devas were selfish and depraved, having demanded his father’s bones to serve their own purposes, while he felt that nothing had been gained in return for such a supreme sacrifice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Determined to teach the Devas a lesson, Pippalāda undertook severe austerities to please Bhagavān Śiva. Pleased with his devotion, Śiva appeared before him and offered him a boon. Pippalāda asked that the Devas should burn to death. Bhagavān Śiva urged him to ask for another boon, but Pippalāda remained adamant. Śiva then said that it would be so.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moment these words were uttered, Pippalāda experienced an intense burning sensation throughout his own body, from head to foot. In anguish, he cried out to Bhagavān Śiva, asking why he himself was being burned when he had asked that the Devas should suffer. Śiva replied that the Devas do not exist only outside the body, but that a portion of the Devas dwells within all living beings. Therefore, one who seeks the destruction of the Devas cannot escape the consequence, for their presence is also within oneself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śiva further explained that no one had compelled Dadhīci to give up his body. All beings are destined to die one day, but Dadhīci chose a noble death so that the Devas and all creatures might live. His was a great sacrifice made for the preservation of creation itself, and it should not be diminished by harbouring resentment against the Devas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through these words of Bhagavān Śiva, Pippalāda understood the greatness of his father and repented for his anger. He sought forgiveness and went on to become a great Ṛṣi himself, later remembered as one of the compilers of the Atharvaveda, one of the four divinely revealed scriptures of the Hindu tradition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: How We Treat Others Is How We Treat the Divine&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following story, drawn from the Chhāndogya Upaniṣad, illustrates the teaching that the manner in which one treats other beings is in truth the manner in which one treats the Divine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A young beggar once arrived at an āśrama where two Ṛṣis were seated, partaking of their midday meal. Approaching them respectfully, he said that he was hungry and asked whether they would share some food with him. The Ṛṣis, unwilling to part with their meal, replied that they did not have enough food for him and asked him to go away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beggar then asked them which Deva they worshipped. The Ṛṣis replied that they worshipped Vāyu, the Deva of air. The beggar continued by asking to whom they had offered their food before eating, as is customary to offer food to the chosen form of Divinity. They replied that they had offered it to Vāyu Deva.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The beggar then said that the same Vāyu Deva who flows through their nostrils also flows through the nostrils of every living being. The Ṛṣis agreed that this was indeed so. The beggar pointed out that by denying him food, thereby weakening his body, they were in effect denying nourishment to the very same Vāyu who dwelt equally within themselves and within him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The words of the beggar led the Ṛṣis to reflect deeply. They realised that when one deprives another being, one deprives the same Divine that abides within all, and that when one shows compassion and kindness towards others, one is in truth offering it to the Divine present equally in all beings. Ashamed of their earlier conduct and recognising their error, the Ṛṣis offered food to the beggar, acknowledging the wisdom conveyed through his words.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175139</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175139"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:42:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. Similarly, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence, he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted itself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him, and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175138</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175138"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:42:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. Similarly, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence, he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted itself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him, and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175137</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175137"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:17:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. Similarly, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence, he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted itself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him, and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:%E1%B9%9A%E1%B9%A3i_M%C4%81rka%E1%B9%87%E1%B8%8Deya_and_Sri_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a.jpg&amp;diff=175136</id>
		<title>File:Ṛṣi Mārkaṇḍeya and Sri Kṛṣṇa.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:%E1%B9%9A%E1%B9%A3i_M%C4%81rka%E1%B9%87%E1%B8%8Deya_and_Sri_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a.jpg&amp;diff=175136"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:17:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An illustration&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Ya%C5%9Bod%C4%81_Beholds_the_Universe_in_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a%E2%80%99s_Mouth.jpg&amp;diff=175135</id>
		<title>File:Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Ya%C5%9Bod%C4%81_Beholds_the_Universe_in_K%E1%B9%9B%E1%B9%A3%E1%B9%87a%E2%80%99s_Mouth.jpg&amp;diff=175135"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:16:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An illustration&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175134</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175134"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. In a similar manner, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth==&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted himself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed completely before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the sage Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Indra and the boy.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Vi%C5%9Bvakarm%C4%81_and_Indra.png&amp;diff=175133</id>
		<title>File:Viśvakarmā and Indra.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Vi%C5%9Bvakarm%C4%81_and_Indra.png&amp;diff=175133"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:01:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;An illustration&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Indra_and_the_boy.jpg&amp;diff=175132</id>
		<title>File:Indra and the boy.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:Indra_and_the_boy.jpg&amp;diff=175132"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T09:00:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Indra learns from the boy&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175131</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Mysterious Nature of the Divine</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Mysterious_Nature_of_the_Divine&amp;diff=175131"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T08:37:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**अनेजदे...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following two mantras of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad describe the profoundly mysterious and paradoxical nature of Brahman, who transcends the reach of the senses, the mind, and even the cognitive powers of the Devas. Brahman is presented as immanent yet unreachable, motionless yet surpassing all movement, forming a central Upaniṣadic meditation on transcendence and immanence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;**अनेजदेकं मनसो जवीयो नैनैव देवाः आप्नुवन् पूर्वमर्षत् ।&lt;br /&gt;
तद्धावतोऽन्यानत्येति तिष्ठत्तस्मिन्नपो मातरिश्वा दधाति ॥ ४ ॥**&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The One that is unmoving is yet swifter than the mind. The Devas could not reach It, for It always went before them. Though standing still, It surpasses all that run. By It, Mātarīśvan, the vital air, supports the waters.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 4&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman, the Supreme Reality, is unique and without comparison, revealing itself through profound paradox. Though all pervading and ever present, Brahman remains inaccessible to the grasp of the mind. The mind, despite its remarkable subtlety and speed, cannot comprehend Brahman in its fullness. Whenever the intellect believes it has arrived at understanding, it discovers that Brahman exceeds all such conceptual boundaries.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The inability to comprehend Brahman is not due to spatial distance, for Brahman does not move from one location to another and is always immediately present. Rather, Brahman appears remote because it transcends all instruments of perception and cognition. Even the Devas, endowed with superior faculties, fail to apprehend its true nature, thereby underscoring the inherent limitation of sensory and intellectual means.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mantra expresses this transcendence through striking imagery. Brahman is unmoving, yet faster than the mind, standing still while surpassing those who pursue it. Within Brahman and by its sustaining power, Mātarīśvan, identified with the cosmic vital force or prāṇa, moves within subtle space and upholds the waters, giving rise to cosmic order and life sustaining processes. Alternatively, this imagery may also signify the animation of prāṇas within the womb, sustaining life even before conscious awareness arises.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, Brahman is revealed as the hidden ground of all activity, the silent presence that enables motion, life, and order, while remaining beyond all direct apprehension.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Note&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The textual difference between the Kāṇva and the Mādhyandina recensions does not result in any difference in meaning. In the second quarter of the mantra, the term Devas may be understood either as the Divine Beings or as the sense faculties, namely the five senses of perception together with the mind as the sixth. Since these luminous faculties dwell within the individual, the senses are also designated as Devas. The teaching that even the Devas are unable to fathom the mystery of Brahman, and that their powers are derived from Him alone, is illustrated by the well known episode from the Kena Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the fourth quarter of the mantra, commentators generally admit both meanings. Mātarīśvan denotes air or the vital life forces, so called because it moves and grows within space, mātari. By extension, the term is also applied to the fetus, which grows within the mother’s womb. The Vedic accent in the mantra indicates that the word apaḥ is plural and refers to atmospheric waters. This interpretation is accepted by Śaṅkarācārya as an alternative meaning and by Raṅgarāmānuja as the primary meaning.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;तदेजति तन्नैजति तद्दूरे तद्वन्तिके ।&lt;br /&gt;
तदन्तरस्य सर्वस्य तदु सर्वस्य बाह्यतः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;It moves, and It indeed moves not. It is far and It is near. It is within all this, and It is also indeed outside all this.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 5&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Brahman is all pervading and uniform. Therefore, it is immobile and does not travel from one place to another. There is no point where it is not eternally present. Yet, within Brahman, all cosmic bodies, matter, and energies continue to move, creating the appearance of movement attributed to Brahman itself. Because Brahman is omnipresent, it abides in the most remote regions of creation and is at the same time closest to us, as it is present within us. Brahman is immanent, being within everything, and also all pervading and all enveloping, surrounding all beings and existing equally within all.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
In Abrahamic religious traditions, God is conceived as dwelling in a remote realm called heaven, from where He governs the world, observes human actions, and communicates through intermediaries. In the Hindu tradition, Brahman is not a distant ruler but an intimate and immediate presence, eternally surrounding all beings and abiding within them, sustaining life, withdrawing it, and witnessing all actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations for Mantras 4–5&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;1. Elephant and the Six Blind Men&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once, six men who were blind from birth were brought to an elephant and were asked to describe it. They surrounded the elephant and each touched a different part of its body. The first blind man touched the tail of the elephant and declared that the elephant was like a rope. The second touched the leg and asserted that the elephant was like a pillar. The third touched the trunk and said that the elephant resembled a snake. The fourth, who touched the broad body, insisted that the elephant was like a wall. The fifth, who happened to touch an ear, claimed that it was like a fan. The sixth grasped a tusk and confidently proclaimed that the elephant was like a sharp spear. Each of the six men refused to accept the descriptions of the others, firmly believing that his own limited experience revealed the true nature of the elephant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The moral of the story is that although truth is one, it is described partially from different standpoints. When all perspectives are taken together and harmonized, a more complete understanding emerges. In a similar manner, those who quarrel over the nature of God resemble these blind men. Their differing views may represent distinct aspects or partial apprehensions of the same truth. Just as the blind men could not perceive the elephant in its entirety, human beings cannot see, hear, taste, touch, or smell the Divine in its fullness. Therefore, dogmatic assertions about the nature of God and the rejection of other perspectives are unwarranted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Yaśodā Beholds the Universe in Kṛṣṇa’s Mouth==&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa had grown into a young child who could walk and play with other children of his age outside his home. One day, while playing, Kṛṣṇa put some soil into his mouth. One of his companions reported this to Yaśodā. She took Kṛṣṇa by the hand and brought him inside, admonishing him that eating soil was harmful and could lead to illness. She asked him whether he had eaten soil and demanded that he open his mouth to show her.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa denied the accusation, but at Yaśodā’s insistence he opened his mouth wide. Yaśodā was astonished to behold within it the entire universe, including the sun, the moon, the stars, and the earth. She was then convinced that her son was not an ordinary child but the Divine Himself. Perceiving her amazement, Kṛṣṇa employed his divine power to make her forget this realization. Yaśodā resumed her maternal affection, fondling him lovingly, while Kṛṣṇa smiled gently.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These illustrations convey the teaching that the Divine simultaneously transcends and pervades all things, being both beyond complete comprehension and yet intimately present within the world.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Parable&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When Bāhva was questioned about Brahman by Vāśkalin, he explained it to him through silence. He said, “Learn about Brahman, my friend,” and then remained silent. When questioned a second and a third time about Brahman, he replied, “I am indeed teaching you, but you are not trying to understand. That Ātmā is silence.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Even Devas Cannot Fathom Brahman&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The universe was functioning in its usual orderly manner. In the course of time, the elements of nature, namely earth, water, fire, space, and air, became subtly arrogant. They began to think that they themselves constituted the universe and that they alone were responsible for its existence and maintenance. In order to remove this delusion, Bhagavān resolved to teach them a lesson.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bhagavān appeared before Fire in the form of a young man. Blinded by pride, none of the elements recognised Him and regarded Him as a stranger from some distant land. Bhagavān addressed Fire and asked him about his powers. Fire replied with confidence that he could burn the entire creation to ashes. Bhagavān then placed a single blade of grass before him and said that he should burn it. Fire exerted himself repeatedly, but the blade of grass did not burn at all. Fire was astonished and shaken.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other elements were not prepared to abandon their pride. Air stepped forward and declared that he could blow away everything in his path and that he was almighty. Bhagavān placed the same blade of grass before Air and asked him to blow it away. Air made repeated efforts, but was unable to move even that blade of grass. In the same manner, the remaining elements attempted to demonstrate their powers and failed completely before that mysterious presence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The five elements were now overcome with fear, for they did not know who this stranger was who had rendered them powerless. They therefore approached their leader Indra, identified with the ātmā, and requested him to investigate. Indra went to the place where the stranger had appeared, but the stranger had vanished. In his place stood a radiant lady named Umā, representing spiritual knowledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra asked her who the mysterious person was who had humbled the five elements and deprived them of their powers. Umā replied that it was Brahman, the Supreme Being. It is by the will of Bhagavān that the wind blows, the rivers flow, fire burns, space contains all things, and the earth supports living beings. Without the will of that Bhagavān, even a leaf cannot move. The sun rises by His command, the stars shine through Him, and the moon reflects His grace. She instructed Indra to know Bhagavān alone as the source of all power and all properties of the universe, and declared that by knowing Him alone one attains mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Brahman is Outside and Within Us&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
The following story from the Śrīmad Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Skandha 12, illustrates through a mystical example how Bhagavān is both within us and outside us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By the boon of Bhagavān Śiva, the sage Mārkaṇḍeya became immortal. Therefore, when the age of the universe came to an end and dissolution began, Mārkaṇḍeya did not perish. He witnessed a vast cosmic deluge in which waters rose and submerged everything in their path, engulfing all the worlds and all living beings. Distressed by this sight, the sage wondered whether there was anything at all in the universe that was permanent. As the waters continued to rise, he clung to the upper branches of a banyan tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At that moment, he saw a single leaf floating upon the turbulent waters below him. Upon the leaf lay a beautiful infant, smiling and sucking his own toe. The child was none other than Kṛṣṇa. Mārkaṇḍeya rushed towards the child, but as he drew near, he was drawn inside the child by the force of the child’s inhalation. Within the child’s body, an astonishing vision unfolded before him. He beheld innumerable worlds, entire universes, and the continual processes of destruction and creation of universes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the child exhaled again, Mārkaṇḍeya was expelled from the child’s body. He then understood the meaning of what he had witnessed, namely that Bhagavān dwells within creation and that the entire creation also exists within Him. At every moment, countless universes are created within Him and countless others are dissolved. Everything that can be seen, heard, touched, tasted, or spoken of ultimately perishes, while Bhagavān alone is eternal and imperishable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: Indra and Many Indras&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After Indra defeated the powerful Asura, he faced another task, namely the rebuilding of his capital, Amarāvatī, which had been destroyed in the war. He summoned his architect Viśvakarmā and said, “I am the mighty Indra who has defeated the powerful demon Vṛtra. Build for me a magnificent palace worthy of my greatness, for I am the king of all the Devas.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In obedience to this command, Viśvakarmā constructed a lofty palace and invited Indra to inspect it. Indra, however, expressed his dissatisfaction, saying that such a structure was beneath his dignity and that something far more grand should be designed and built.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Viśvakarmā redesigned and constructed an even more magnificent palace, whose towers and domes seemed to touch the clouds. Yet Indra remained dissatisfied and demanded something still greater, asking how the mightiest Deva in the universe could live in what he considered an ordinary palace. Though disheartened, Viśvakarmā, fearing Indra, set about creating an even grander structure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the day of inauguration arrived, all the Devas marvelled at the beauty, splendour, and opulence of Viśvakarmā’s palace. To their astonishment, Indra was still displeased and reproached Viśvakarmā, accusing him of failing to do justice to Indra’s glory. Unable to bear this any longer, Viśvakarmā approached Bhagavān Brahmā and prayed that Indra’s vanity and pride were boundless, and that despite exhausting all skill and resources, nothing satisfied him. Brahmā replied that they should approach Bhagavān Viṣṇu, who alone could set Indra in his proper place. They went to Viṣṇu, who promised to intervene.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following day, Indra noticed a group of children playing outside his palace. One child in particular appeared extraordinarily charming and radiant. Indra invited the boy inside and, moved by an instinctive reverence, washed his feet. He then proudly showed the child his latest palace. After observing it carefully, the boy remarked that it was indeed the greatest palace among those in which the Indras before him had lived.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra reacted sharply, asking what was meant by Indras before him, asserting that he alone was Indra and that none greater had ever existed. The boy laughed and explained that Indra was merely the ruler of this universe. At any given time, innumerable universes exist, while countless others continuously emerge from and dissolve back into the body of Viṣṇu. Each universe has its own Indra, and during the lifetime of a single universe, many Indras arise one after another. The number of universes and Indras is beyond all counting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra was deeply shaken and protested that such a thing was impossible. The boy then pointed to a stream of ants entering a crack in the palace wall and said that Indra’s finite mind could not comprehend the infinite Viṣṇu and His infinite creations. Each of those ants, he said, had been an Indra in some previous existence. Astonished, Indra questioned how this could be so. The boy replied that one who performs numerous virtuous acts of dharm is reborn as Indra in a heaven within a universe, and after the fruits of those deeds are exhausted, the soul is reborn again as another being. Greatness and insignificance alike arise and pass away, but none exist independently of Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Indra’s pride was completely shattered. He realised that his vanity was meaningless. Although he had defeated Vṛtra, he was not supreme, and all his power, glory, and fame would eventually fade. Only the Supreme Being endures forever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Fate_of_Materialistic_People&amp;diff=175130</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Fate of Materialistic People</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Fate_of_Materialistic_People&amp;diff=175130"/>
		<updated>2026-01-07T06:57:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: Created page with &amp;quot;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Context:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;   This verse reinforces the ideas discussed in the first two verses. It emphatically declares that there is indeed a reality beyond the perceptible world, which alone is the source of true happiness.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Mantra 3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Kāṇva version&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;असुर्या नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसा आवृताः ।&amp;#039;&amp;#039;   &amp;#039;&amp;#039;तांस्ते प्रेत्याभिगच्छन...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context:&#039;&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
This verse reinforces the ideas discussed in the first two verses. It emphatically declares that there is indeed a reality beyond the perceptible world, which alone is the source of true happiness.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 3&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Kāṇva version&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;असुर्या नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसा आवृताः ।&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;तांस्ते प्रेत्याभिगच्छन्ति ये के च आत्महनो जनाः ॥ ३ ॥&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mādhyandina version&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;असुर्या नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसावृताः ।&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;तांस्ते प्रेत्यापि गच्छन्ति ये के च आत्महनो जनाः ॥ ३ ॥&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Kāṇva version&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
asuryā nāma te lokā andhena tamasā āvṛtāḥ |  &lt;br /&gt;
tāṃs te pretyābhigacchanti ye ke ca ātmahano janāḥ || 3 ||&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Mādhyandina version&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;asuryā nāma te lokā andhena tamasāvṛtāḥ |&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;tāṃs te pretyāpi gacchanti ye ke ca ātmahano janāḥ || 3 ||&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Those worlds are called &#039;&#039;asuryāḥ&#039;&#039;, enveloped in blinding darkness. Into them indeed plunge, after death (also, according to the Mādhyandina recension), all those people who are killers of the Self.  &#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 3&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This mantra describes the destiny of thoroughly materialistic and non-spiritual persons, who, after death, descend into demonic states of existence. The eternal and immutable &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; constitutes the true nature of the human being, not the perishable physical body. The &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; persists from one life to another, whereas the body undergoes constant change and ultimately perishes at death.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Materialistic individuals, however, shrouded in ignorance, vanity, or pride, deny the very existence of the &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039;. They assert: “Only that which can be perceived by the senses exists. There is nothing beyond this world; there is no life after death. Man is merely a combination of material elements, born of the lust of his parents. With physical birth we begin, and with death we end. Therefore, there is no connection between actions and their results. There is neither virtue nor vice. Hence, eat, drink, and be merry.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By denying their own true essence, such deluded persons destroy their &#039;&#039;ātmā&#039;&#039; in this very life. Consequently, they attain neither happiness nor wisdom here, and after death they reach realms characterized by darkness, sorrow, and profound ignorance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all translations of this mantra gloss asuryā as demonic, assuming that these worlds pertain to asuras. Some interpret the term as asūryā, meaning sunless or devoid of the light of wisdom and happiness. However, in the Vedic mantras, the word asura itself signifies the life giving Lord and not the opposite of suras or devas.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This latter meaning becomes dominant in post &#039;&#039;&#039;ऋग्वेद&#039;&#039;&#039; literature and in classical Sanskrit texts, where asura is analyzed as a plus sura meaning not a deva and therefore an evil being, rather than asu plus ra meaning life giving, as in the Vedas. Therefore, in this mantra of the &#039;&#039;&#039;ईशावास्य उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039; मन्त्र ३, translations of asuryā as demonic or sunless are philologically problematic. This is the view of Paṇḍit Satavakelar, who has argued convincingly by citing numerous Vedic mantras that asuryā in Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 3 refers to those who are proud of their strength, effort and energy, while failing to acknowledge the Divine basis of creation, thereby becoming egotistical and arrogant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Against this interpretation, there exist other Vedic passages in which asuryā clearly denotes association with asuras, evil, darkness and night. Hence, it is acceptable to translate this mantra either way, since asuras are characterized by pride in strength and are enveloped in the darkness of materialism, exploitation and ignorance. In either case, the essential teaching remains unchanged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Parallel Teachings from the Bhagavad Gītā&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The demonic do not know Pravṛtti, karm performed in a manner that leads to rebirth, nor Nivṛtti, karm performed in a manner that leads to mokṣa. Neither purity, nor right conduct, nor truth is found in them.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.7&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;They declare that the universe is without truth, without foundation and without a Lord, not produced by a lawful cause and effect sequence. Lust alone is the cause.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.8&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Holding fast to such views, these ruined souls of little intelligence and cruel actions arise as enemies of the world, intent upon its destruction.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.9&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given over to insatiable desires, full of hypocrisy, pride and arrogance, deluded by false views, they act with impure resolves.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.10&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bound by countless anxieties ending only with death, taking the gratification of desires as the highest goal, convinced that this alone is everything.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bound by a hundred snares of hope, devoted to desire and anger, they strive to amass wealth through unjust means for the enjoyment of their senses.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.12&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This has been gained by me today. This desire I shall fulfill. This is mine and that wealth also shall be mine.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.13&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;This enemy has been slain by me and others too shall I slay. I am the lord. I am the enjoyer. I am successful, powerful and happy.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;I am wealthy and well born. Who is equal to me. I shall perform yajñas. I shall give gifts. I shall rejoice. Thus speak those deluded by ignorance.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.15&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Bewildered by many thoughts, entangled in the net of delusion, addicted to sense enjoyment, they fall into foul hells.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.16&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Self conceited, obstinate, filled with pride and arrogance of wealth, they perform yajñas in name alone, with ostentation and without regard for Vedic injunctions.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.17&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Given over to egotism, power, arrogance, lust and anger, these malicious beings despise Me dwelling in their own bodies and in those of others.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.18&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;These cruel haters, the lowest among men, I repeatedly cast into demonic wombs in the cycle of birth and death.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.19&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Entering demonic wombs and deluded birth after birth, they fail to attain Me, O son of Kuntī, and descend to the lowest state.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bhagavad Gītā 16.20&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly, this mantra of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad is cited in certain strands of later Hindu literature as a Vedic injunction against suicide. However, as is evident from the actual meaning and context of the mantra, this interpretation is not philologically or doctrinally accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Variants of Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 3 also occur in other Vedic texts. For example, the following passage is found in the &#039;&#039;&#039;बृहदारण्यक उपनिषद्&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;अनन्दाः नाम ते लोका अन्धेन तमसाऽऽवृताः ।  &lt;br /&gt;
ताँस्ते प्रेत्याभिगच्छन्त्यविद्वांसोऽबुधो जनाः ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The ignorant and unwise people enter after death those realms which are well known to be joyless and enveloped by blinding darkness.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Bṛhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣad 4.4.11&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that the physical aspect of creation is to be entirely ignored. Rather, Mantras 9 to 11 and 12 to 14 of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad further clarify that one must avoid complete materialism while also not rejecting the world outright. A balance is to be maintained between attention to the temporary aspects of existence such as the body, relationships and enjoyments, and attention to that which is permanent and constitutes the foundation of the temporary, namely *Brahman* and the *ātmā*.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One must therefore integrate the performance of worldly duties with the pursuit of spiritual wisdom. A person who remains devoted to the *ātmā* even while actively engaged in worldly responsibilities progresses to higher and divine realms and ultimately attains *mokṣa*, as described in the subsequent Mantras 15 to 18 of this Upaniṣad.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: How a Miser Became a Great Saint&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the well known story of Purandara Dāsa, who lived between 1484 and 1564 and is traditionally regarded as the founder of Carnatic music of South India. Purandara Dāsa was born to a wealthy trader and jeweler named Varadappa Nāyaka and his wife, after the couple prayed to Lord Veṅkaṭeśvara for a child. Varadappa was extremely prosperous, yet he was also deeply compassionate and generous toward the poor and needy.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In his old age, Varadappa handed over his flourishing business of gems and pawning to his son Śrīnivāsa Nāyaka and arranged his marriage to a virtuous and pious woman named Sarasvatī. After assuming control of the business, Śrīnivāsa completely altered its nature. He became intensely profit driven and hard hearted. He cared only for maximizing wealth and refused to give even a small portion of his income in charity. He drove harsh bargains with the poor and showed no sympathy for their suffering. Owing to his miserliness combined with sharp business acumen, the family business prospered immensely.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarasvatī, by contrast, was kind hearted and compassionate and wished to help the poor whenever possible. Śrīnivāsa strictly forbade her from giving anything in charity. Varadappa repeatedly attempted to guide his son toward the virtues of generosity and compassion, but all such efforts failed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, Varadappa fell gravely ill. A physician advised that medicinal ash prepared from burnt precious gems could help save his life. Śrīnivāsa outright rejected the suggestion, unwilling to spend money on procuring valuable gems. Sarasvatī pleaded with him, reminding him that his father’s life was far more precious than any jewel. Śrīnivāsa coldly replied that his father was old and destined to die anyway, and that wealth should not be wasted. Varadappa soon passed away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Śrīnivāsa continued his merciless practices and accumulated such immense wealth that people gave him the title Navakoṭi, meaning the owner of ninety million. One day, a poor brāhmaṇa came to Śrīnivāsa’s shop seeking a small sum of money to perform the sacred thread ceremony of his son. Given Śrīnivāsa’s notorious reputation, it was surprising that anyone approached him at all. Instead of outright refusal, Śrīnivāsa asked the brāhmaṇa to return the next day. This pattern continued day after day for several months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Eventually, while cleaning his shop, Śrīnivāsa discovered a box of counterfeit and worthless coins. When the brāhmaṇa returned again, Śrīnivāsa handed him the box, claiming it was sufficient for the ceremony. The brāhmaṇa soon discovered that the coins were fake. Distraught, he went elsewhere and by chance arrived at Śrīnivāsa’s home, unaware that it belonged to the same miser. Finding Sarasvatī alone, he narrated his suffering and begged for help.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sarasvatī immediately realized that the brāhmaṇa was referring to her husband. She felt profound shame at Śrīnivāsa’s conduct. Since she had been forbidden to give charity from household wealth, she realized that the diamond nose ring she wore had been gifted by her own mother and therefore belonged to her alone. She gave the ornament to the brāhmaṇa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The brāhmaṇa then went to Śrīnivāsa’s shop and requested him to pawn the ornament. On seeing it, Śrīnivāsa was stunned, for it appeared identical to his wife’s nose ring. He asked the brāhmaṇa to return the next day, claiming that he needed time to assess its value. He locked the ornament in his shop and returned home.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At home, Śrīnivāsa demanded that Sarasvatī produce her nose ring. Terrified, she went into the kitchen under the pretext of retrieving it and resolved to end her life by consuming powdered diamonds mixed with water. Just as she was about to drink the mixture, the nose ring suddenly fell into the vessel. Overcome with joy, she bowed before the image of Lord Viṣṇu, recognizing the miracle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When Sarasvatī presented the ornament to her husband, Śrīnivāsa rushed back to his shop and discovered that the nose ring had vanished from the safe. Sarasvatī then narrated the entire truth. That night, Śrīnivāsa could not sleep. He realized that Lord Viṣṇu Himself must have appeared in the guise of the brāhmaṇa to awaken him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The next morning, Śrīnivāsa confessed his guilt to his wife. He acknowledged that his greed had destroyed his father, insulted the Divine, and nearly cost him his virtuous wife. At the age of thirty, he underwent a complete transformation. He distributed his wealth among the poor and needy. Together with his wife and children, he began traveling from one pilgrimage center to another throughout the Vijayanagara Empire, singing the praises of God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ten years later, during his travels, Śrīnivāsa met the great scholar Vyāsatīrtha, a follower of the philosophy of Madhvācārya. Vyāsatīrtha initiated him into sannyāsa and gave him the name Purandara Dāsa. Purandara Dāsa composed thousands of devotional songs, nearly one thousand of which survive today. He systematized the pedagogy of Carnatic music that continues to be followed. Through his disciples, including Haridāsa and indirectly Tānsen, his influence extended across the entire Indian subcontinent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Purandara Dāsa realized that true happiness never arises from wealth pursued as the ultimate goal of life. Such pursuit hardens the heart and destroys love and compassion even toward one’s closest family. True happiness arises only when God is pursued as the final goal. This realization transformed a heartless miser into a saint and bestowed upon him the peace he had long sought.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is said that Purandara Dāsa and his wife became so indifferent to wealth that the king of the Vijayanagara Empire once decided to test them. Disguised as a commoner, the king mixed diamonds with rice in their begging bowl. Unaware, Purandara Dāsa brought the donation home. When his wife sifted the rice, she complained that people had mixed worthless stones with the grain and threw the diamonds outside. Witnessing this, the king was humbled, realizing that those devoted to Bhagavān have no attachment to worldly riches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: No One Ever Gets Satisfied with Pleasures&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Many people often say, “There is only one life. Therefore let us enjoy it fully. Who knows whether there will be a tomorrow.” Hindu scriptures narrate the story of Emperor Yayāti to illustrate the fallacy of this belief and to teach that indulgence in pleasures can never bring lasting satisfaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Emperor Yayāti was a mighty ruler belonging to the Lunar dynasty. He possessed great power, wealth, and prosperity, and was blessed with two wives and many sons. Yayāti was excessively devoted to the enjoyment of sense pleasures and delighted in living a luxurious and indulgent life. He believed that happiness lay in constant gratification of the senses and therefore immersed himself in worldly enjoyments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As time passed, Yayāti grew old. His body became weak and incapable of enjoying the pleasures to which he had become accustomed. However, his mind remained intensely attached to them and continued to crave sensory enjoyment. Unable to reconcile his aging body with his burning desires, Yayāti approached his sons and asked them to exchange their youth for his old age so that he could once again enjoy life.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
His elder sons refused, explaining that youth is precious and that each individual must bear the consequences of his own actions. Enraged by their refusal, Yayāti cursed them. His youngest son Pūru, however, was devoted, obedient, and selfless. Out of filial duty and reverence for his father, Pūru willingly exchanged his youth for Yayāti’s old age.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Regaining youth, Yayāti once again indulged fully in pleasures of the senses. He lived for many more years, immersing himself in enjoyment as before. Yet when this second youth eventually came to an end and old age returned, Yayāti realized a profound truth. Even after experiencing pleasures through two lifetimes of youth, his desires had not diminished in the slightest. Instead of satisfaction, he felt emptiness and remorse.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Yayāti was overcome with guilt. He realized that he had wronged his sons by cursing them and had deprived Pūru of his rightful youth. Reflecting deeply on his life, he understood that desire can never be quenched by indulgence. From this realization arose a series of verses, which are preserved in several Purāṇic texts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;He who withdraws all pleasures into himself, just as a tortoise draws its limbs inward, alone attains the state of yog. Desire for pleasure never subsides through indulgence. Just as fire blazes more fiercely when clarified butter is poured into it, so too desire grows with every act of enjoyment.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Even if one were to possess all the grains on earth, all gold, all cattle wealth, or even all women, one would still find this insufficient to quench desire.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Therefore one should not be deluded by such things. Only when one bears no ill will toward any living being in thought, word, or deed does one attain Brahman.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;When one is not afraid of others, when none is afraid of him, and when one neither excessively likes nor dislikes others, then alone does one attain Brahman.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;True happiness comes to one who abandons greed and covetousness, evils that never grow old even when the body becomes aged and frail, evils that depart only when life itself departs.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Though hair grows old and teeth decay, alas, greed for wealth and longing for long life never grow old.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;The happiness obtained from sense pleasures or even the great happiness of heaven is not equal to even one sixteenth part of the happiness that arises when greed is extinguished.&#039;&#039;  &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;Matsya Purāṇa&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having realized this eternal truth, Emperor Yayāti returned his youth to Pūru and restored him to his rightful position. Yayāti renounced his attachment to pleasures and devoted the remainder of his life to worship of the Divine Lord, practice of yog, and contemplation of ultimate reality. After his death, he attained heavenly realms.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This story demonstrates that blind pursuit of sensory pleasures makes a person selfish and insensitive, causing him to neglect even those closest to him. It leads one to forget the Divine and to falsely believe that wealth and pleasure are earned solely through personal effort and therefore rightfully owned. Such delusion results in suffering during life and greater sorrow after death. Therefore, one must recognize that there are higher aims in life than pleasure alone, namely dharm and devotion to God.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175119</id>
		<title>Talk:Commentary on Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad: Karmyog</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=Talk:Commentary_on_%C4%AA%C5%9B%C4%81v%C4%81sya_Upani%E1%B9%A3ad:_Karmyog&amp;diff=175119"/>
		<updated>2026-01-06T13:18:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;By Vishal Agarwal &amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Context&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With the spiritual frame of mind taught in the preceding verse, one should perform one’s duties ceaselessly. This is the central teaching of the present mantra.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Mantra 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Devanāgarī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
कुर्वन्नेवेह कर्माणि जिजीविषेच्छतं समाः ।&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;एवं त्वयि नान्यथेतोऽस्ति न कर्म लिप्यते नरे ॥ २ ॥&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Same in both Śākhās)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST Transliteration&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;kurvann eveha karmāṇi jijīviṣec chataṃ samāḥ |&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;evaṃ tvayi nānyathā ito’sti na karma lipyate nare || 2 ||&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Translation&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;By performing action alone here, one should desire to live for a hundred years. For you, this is the only way, there is no other. Actions do not taint such a person. &#039;&#039;&#039;Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad 2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Purport&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One must not seek the Truth by abandoning the world or by renouncing one’s duties. Such withdrawal is not the path to mokṣa. Rather, one should wish to live a full life of a hundred years, actively engaged in the selfless performance of one’s duties for as long as one lives. This alone is the path prescribed for human liberation, and not its opposite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All actions inevitably bear fruit—good or bad—and these fruits bind the ātmā, causing rebirth. However, the fruits of action do not taint the wise person who performs duties selflessly as an offering to the Lord, just as a lotus leaf remains untouched by water though it rests upon it. On the other hand, one who, through ignorance, avoids his duties deludes himself by thinking, “I am not performing any action,” for no human being can remain without action even for a single moment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Notes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse teaches that one should always perform prescribed duties while mentally relinquishing the fruits thereof in favor of God. Both performing good actions with desire for their results and neglecting one’s duties are hindrances on the path to mokṣa. Freedom from karma does not arise from abandoning action, but from performing action continuously without attachment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The spiritual path is not one of inertia or laziness, but of constant striving. Hence the Kaṭha Upaniṣad declares:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Devanāgarī&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;उत्तिष्ठत जाग्रत प्राप्य वरान्निबोधत ।&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;IAST&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;uttiṣṭhata jāgrata prāpya varān nibodhata |&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;“Arise, awake, and stop not until the goal is reached.” &#039;&#039;&#039;Kaṭha Upaniṣad 1.3.14&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Everyday examples include a banker who handles vast sums of money daily without attachment, knowing that it is not his own, or a diligent nurse who serves many patients without excessive elation or grief over outcomes. Both remain steadily focused on their duties without attachment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This verse of the Īśāvāsya Upaniṣad anticipates the doctrine of niṣkāma karmayoga, which is taught in great detail in the Bhagavad Gītā. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustrations&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;The Royal Ṛṣis&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Upaniṣads mention jñānī kings such as Aśvapati Kaikeya and Janaka, whose social and political roles required them to perform their royal duties on a daily basis. The Mahābhārata (12.320.4) refers to Dharmdhvaja Janaka, the king of Mithilā, who attained the fruit of sannyāsa while remaining both a householder and a ruler. The Mahābhārata (12.320.24) mentions Pañcaśikhā as a bhikṣu belonging to the Parāśara gotra. Verse 27 records Dharmdhvaja Janaka stating that Pañcaśikhā imparted to him the complete wisdom of Sāṃkhya, yet did not permit him to renounce the world and become an ascetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, we similarly read of King Priyavrata, who was a realized jñānī while actively ruling his kingdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Chapter 18 of the Śānti Parva (Book 12) of the Mahābhārata records a dialogue between King Janaka, who desired to adopt the life of an ascetic, and his queen, who reasoned with him against this inclination. She convinced him that, as a king, he could serve the devas, gurus, and society at large far more effectively than by renouncing the world. She emphasized the greatness of the householder, who generates wealth and sustains all other sections of society.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, she explained that asceticism is primarily a mental state. One who is formally an ascetic yet remains attached to selfish motives and worldly objects is a hypocrite. Conversely, one who is not formally an ascetic but is self-controlled and serves ascetics and gurus with reverence and gifts is also truly an ascetic. Recognizing the soundness of his wife’s reasoning, King Janaka abandoned his desire to become an ascetic.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Brāhmaṇa Sannyāsī Jājali Accepts the Superiority of the Vaiśya Tulādhāra&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Mahābhārata, Shānti Parva. Narrated by Bheeshma to King Yudhishthira.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Jājali goes to Tulādhāra to learn about Dharm.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A brāhmaṇa ascetic named Jājali spent several years studying the scriptures and practicing meditation and other austerities. As a result, he acquired great powers of self-control. One day, while he stood absorbed in meditation, a pair of birds began hovering over his head. They soon started constructing a nest upon it. Moved by compassion, Jājali refrained from shaking his head, fearing that he might frighten the birds away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Standing motionless, he allowed the birds to complete the nest and lay a few eggs in it. Not wishing to harm the eggs, Jājali resolved to remain still until they hatched. When the eggs hatched and the young birds emerged, he continued to stand unmoving for many days, exercising extraordinary self-control. Day after day, the parent birds traveled long distances to bring food and feed their offspring. Within a few weeks, the fledglings grew strong, matured, and finally flew away from the nest on Jājali’s head to begin independent lives. Throughout this entire period, Jājali remained steadfast in meditation, not moving his neck or head lest the birds be harmed or disturbed in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this remarkable achievement, born of years of austerity, unfortunately gave rise to a subtle sense of pride. He thought to himself, “Who else could have accomplished such an extraordinary feat?” No sooner had this thought arisen than a voice resounded from the sky, saying, “Do not become conceited, Jājali. Your glory is not equal to that of the shopkeeper Tulādhāra of Vārāṇasī. And yet, even he does not utter words of self-praise such as you have just done.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jājali felt somewhat affronted, but nevertheless resolved to travel to Vārāṇasī to learn what Tulādhāra had to teach. Upon arriving at the shop, he found Tulādhāra engaged in weighing spices, vegetables, grains, and other goods for his customers. Seeing Jājali, Tulādhāra remarked, “I knew that you would come to see me to learn dharm.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This astonished Jājali even more. He asked, “How did you know that I was coming to see you? And how can you, a mere shopkeeper, instruct me in dharm?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tulādhāra replied, “Most people in this world follow dharm for selfish reasons. Some desire to attain heaven by performing virtuous karma. Others, like you, derive self-satisfaction and happiness through acts of compassion. You have spent your life studying the śāstras and practicing meditation. But these alone do not automatically lead to a true understanding of dharm.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Source: Mahābhārata, Śānti Parva. Narrated by Bhīṣma to King Yudhiṣṭhira.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tulādhāra continued:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Observe the weighing scale that I use to measure goods before selling them. I always weigh honestly, and the beam of my scale remains perfectly balanced. I neither give less nor more, regardless of whether a customer praises me or criticizes me. I practice honesty not out of desire for praise or fear of blame, but because I have faith in honesty itself. I seek the welfare of all creatures and work diligently to serve others—not for the pleasure of self-satisfaction, but because I have faith in Brahman. I know that this same Brahman dwells in all beings. Therefore, I must act for the good of all and give each their rightful due. This, I believe, is the true essence of dharm: equanimity towards praise and blame, selfless action for the welfare of all, and unwavering faith in Brahman.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Tulādhāra spoke these words, the birds appeared from the sky and declared that although Jājali had been like a father to them, Tulādhāra had indeed spoken the truth concerning the essence of dharm. Jājali now realized that while one must avoid evil karma and perform good karma, the highest path lies in performing good actions not for self-gratification or fear of criticism, but for the welfare of all beings and with faith in goodness and in Brahman.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Embracing this understanding of dharm, Jājali practiced it diligently and eventually attained mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Sannyāsī Learns from the Devoted Housewife and Dharmavyādha, the Righteous Meat-seller&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Brāhmaṇa Kauśika burns birds with his meditative powers..jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A young brāhmaṇa boy named Kauśika, living with his elderly parents, suddenly decided to become an ascetic in order to pursue the spiritual path. His parents begged him not to abandon them, for they were old, he was their only child, and they were entirely dependent upon him. However, the boy paid no heed to their lamentations and left them without compassion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika went to live in a forest on the outskirts of a village. He spent most of his days in meditation and other spiritual disciplines. At midday, he would go to the village to beg for food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One day, while walking toward the village, bird droppings fell upon his body. Looking up, he saw a crane perched on a tree branch above him. Enraged by this, he cast an angry glance at the bird, whereupon it instantly burst into flames and was reduced to ashes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was astonished. It became evident that he had acquired extraordinary powers through his prolonged meditation. He felt proud and gratified, thinking that the bird deserved its fate for having defiled him.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thereafter, Kauśika approached a house in the village to beg for alms. From inside, the lady of the house requested him to wait for a few minutes until she finished serving her husband. The boy waited, but the lady did not emerge immediately. He became irritated and thought to himself, “How dare she make a great man like me wait so long? Does she not know that I can curse her and burn her to ashes with my anger?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just as this thought arose, the lady called out from within the house, “O brāhmaṇa boy, I am not like that poor crane that can be burnt to ashes by your anger. Please wait, for I must complete serving my husband before coming to give you food.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was stunned. How could she have known his thoughts? He had spoken to no one, and she had not even seen him. When she finally came out with the food, she apologized for the delay, explaining that it was her duty to serve her husband before attending to anyone else.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unable to restrain his curiosity, Kauśika asked her how she could read his mind when he himself had taken many years of austerity to gain spiritual powers. The lady replied, “I am a simple housewife and completely uneducated. I know only that it is my duty to serve my husband and family with devotion. This itself is my worship. Beyond this, I know no spiritual doctrine. However, if you wish to learn deeper spiritual truths, go to Mithilāpurī. There lives a butcher named Dharmavyādha. He keeps a meat shop in one of the streets there and may be able to instruct you.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Excited and curious, Kauśika immediately set out for Mithilāpurī. After asking several people, he eventually reached Dharmavyādha’s meat shop. He was appalled by the sight—it was dirty, foul-smelling, and filled with blood and chopped meat. Nevertheless, he introduced himself to Dharmavyādha, who said, “Please give me some time to serve my customers. When I am finished, we shall go home, and then you may ask me about spiritual matters.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika sat there waiting, deeply repulsed by the butcher’s occupation. He wondered why the housewife had sent him so far to meet such a person and how a butcher could possibly know anything about spirituality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the evening, after the day’s work was done, Kauśika followed Dharmavyādha to his home, where the butcher lived with his aged parents. Dharmavyādha respectfully offered the boy a seat. From there, Kauśika observed the butcher lovingly serving fruits, milk, and water to his elderly parents with great reverence. Only after attending to them did Dharmavyādha turn to Kauśika, and the two began a discussion on philosophy and spiritual wisdom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika was astonished by the butcher’s depth of knowledge, intelligence, and spiritual insight. He realized that he had been foolish to abandon his aged parents in the pursuit of spirituality. Though proud of his individual accomplishments, he now saw that they were insignificant compared to the spiritual stature of the humble housewife and Dharmavyādha. Neither had neglected their duties; instead, they faithfully served their husband and parents with love, day after day, worshipping God inwardly. They worked without expectation of reward, simply because they regarded the fulfillment of dharma as their natural obligation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Through such selfless action, they had attained spiritual enlightenment by the path of karma-yoga, as taught in the Bhagavad Gītā.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kauśika then returned to his aged parents and served them devotedly. In due course, he married and raised a family. When he became old, after his parents had passed away and his children were settled, he formally accepted sannyāsa and eventually attained mokṣa.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Story: The Karmayoga of the Poor Farmer Surpasses the Bhakti of Nārada&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Nārada carries oil pitcher on his head.jpg|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The divine sage Nārada Muni incessantly traveled from one world to another, chanting praises of Bhagavān Viṣṇu. Over time, however, a subtle pride entered his heart, and he began to regard himself as the greatest devotee of Viṣṇu. Wishing to verify whether this self-assessment was correct, he approached Kṛṣṇa and asked, “Bhagavān, whom do You consider to be Your greatest devotee on this earth?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa replied, “This is indeed a difficult question. But come with Me; I shall take you to the home of a farmer living in Hemakūṭa. He, I believe, is My greatest devotee.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa and Nārada assumed disguises and arrived at the farmer’s humble dwelling just as the sun was setting. The farmer’s wife had just served food to her husband and their two children. Seeing strangers at his doorstep, the weary and exhausted farmer welcomed them inside and asked whether they needed anything. The visitors requested some food.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The only food available was what the farmer’s wife had prepared for the family. The farmer therefore offered his portion to the guests, and seeing that there were two visitors, his wife also gave them her share. The guests then expressed their desire to rest for the night. As the hut was very small, the farmer, his wife, and their children slept outside, generously offering the hut to the visitors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following morning, the farmer and his wife prepared more food and served it to the guests as breakfast. Kṛṣṇa (still in disguise) then expressed a wish to see the farmer’s fields. The farmer invited them to accompany him. There, he began plowing the land laboriously with his bullock, explaining to Kṛṣṇa and Nārada the arduous nature of agricultural work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After several hours, when it was time to rest, Kṛṣṇa asked the farmer, “You remain occupied all day working in the fields. You return home, tend to your buffalo, eat the meager food your wife prepares from your limited income, spend a little time with your children, and then fall asleep exhausted. Do you ever find time to remember Bhagavān?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The farmer replied, “I am a poor man who must labor constantly to support my family and animals. Still, I remember Bhagavān three times each day—when I walk to the fields in the morning, when I return home at sunset, and just before I sleep at night.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada smiled inwardly upon hearing this and thought, “He remembers Bhagavān only three times a day, whereas I remember Him thousands of times. Surely Viṣṇu will now realize that I am the greater devotee.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa, perceiving Nārada’s thoughts, decided to teach him a lesson. As the visitors prepared to depart, the poor farmer offered them a pitcher of oil, saying, “This oil is extracted from the mustard seeds that I grow. Please accept it as a humble gift.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After they had walked some distance, Kṛṣṇa said to Nārada, “Place this pitcher of oil upon your head and walk carefully, ensuring that not a single drop is spilled.” Nārada complied. The task proved extremely difficult, and he remained tense throughout. After some time, Kṛṣṇa asked him, “How many times did you remember Me while carrying that pitcher?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada replied, “I was so anxious about spilling the oil that I did not remember You even once.”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kṛṣṇa smiled and said, “Observe that humble farmer, Nārada. His life is filled with hardship. He works tirelessly for a meager income and bears the heavy burden of responsibility for his family—far heavier than this pitcher of oil. Yet he performs his duties without pride and remembers Me with devotion three times each day. Do you think your life is more difficult than his? Do you think he is inferior simply because he does not chant My name incessantly, while you, a wandering ascetic, are free from worldly responsibilities?”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nārada was humbled. He realized that the farmer performed his svadharma with devotion, composure, and a sense of duty. Though he remembered Bhagavān only three times a day, every action of his life was, in truth, an act of worship. His three daily remembrances merely served to consciously dedicate the entire day’s karma to Viṣṇu.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category: Īshāvāsya Upaniṣhad]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:N%C4%81rada_carries_oil_pitcher_on_his_head.jpg&amp;diff=175118</id>
		<title>File:Nārada carries oil pitcher on his head.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://hindupedia.com/index.php?title=File:N%C4%81rada_carries_oil_pitcher_on_his_head.jpg&amp;diff=175118"/>
		<updated>2026-01-06T13:18:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sachi Anjunkar: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Karmyog of the Poor Farmer defeats the Bhakti of Nārada&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sachi Anjunkar</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>